Gebruiksaanwijzing /service van het product 9.7(0.0) van de fabrikant Dell
Ga naar pagina of 1684
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S6000 System 9.7(0.0).
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death.
Contents 1 About this Guide..................................................................................................41 Objectives ................................................................................................................
show version ....................................................................................................................................... 83 upgrade system ....................................................................................
show environment ............................................................................................................................ 129 show inventory ..........................................................................................
remark .......................................................................................................................................... 182 show config .........................................................................................
ip prefix-list ..................................................................................................................................239 seq ..................................................................................................
permit ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) ................................................................................... 285 permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) ......................................................................................
show default-gateway ...................................................................................................................... 332 show interface management ethernet ........................................................................
debug ip bgp updates ................................................................................................................. 375 default-metric .................................................................................................
show ip bgp community-list ...................................................................................................... 423 show ip bgp dampened-paths ..........................................................................................
DCB Command .................................................................................................................................478 dcb-enable ...............................................................................................
online stack-unit ......................................................................................................................... 525 Hardware Commands .........................................................................................
ip dhcp snooping ........................................................................................................................ 563 ipv6 dhcp snooping ..........................................................................................
clear fip-snooping database interface vlan ..................................................................................... 596 clear fip-snooping statistics ........................................................................................
20 ICMP Message Types..................................................................................... 636 21 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)......................................... 638 IGMP Commands ....................................
interface range ............................................................................................................................ 680 interface range macro (define) ...........................................................................
arp backoff-time ............................................................................................................................... 743 arp learn-enable .....................................................................................
show ip flow ...................................................................................................................................... 797 show ip interface .................................................................................
debug isis spf-triggers ...................................................................................................................... 849 debug isis update-packets ..............................................................................
redistribute ........................................................................................................................................ 888 redistribute bgp ................................................................................
show config ................................................................................................................................. 935 show vlan ...............................................................................................
30 Microsoft Network Load Balancing............................................................ 976 arp (for Multicast MAC Address) ....................................................................................................... 976 mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address) .
IPv4 Multicast Commands .............................................................................................................. 1012 clear ip mroute ...............................................................................................
track ip route metric threshold ................................................................................................ 1048 track ip route reachability .........................................................................................
ip ospf retransmit-interval ........................................................................................................ 1090 ip ospf transmit-delay ..........................................................................................
graceful-restart grace-period ................................................................................................... 1150 graceful-restart mode ..............................................................................................
ip pim query-interval ................................................................................................................. 1195 ip pim register-filter .......................................................................................
vlan max-age ...................................................................................................................................1243 42 Quality of Service (QoS)...........................................................................
show qos qos-policy-output .................................................................................................... 1279 show qos statistics ..................................................................................................
redistribute ospf ............................................................................................................................... 1321 router rip .........................................................................................
show accounting .......................................................................................................................1365 Authorization and Privilege Commands ..........................................................................
tacacs-server vrf ....................................................................................................................... 1406 Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands ......................................................................
ip dhcp relay .............................................................................................................................. 1445 ip dhcp snooping ........................................................................................
snmp-server community .......................................................................................................... 1480 snmp-server contact .................................................................................................
redundancy disable-auto-reboot .................................................................................................. 1530 redundancy force-failover stack-unit ...............................................................................
ntp broadcast client ........................................................................................................................ 1572 ntp disable ............................................................................................
ip route-export ................................................................................................................................ 1610 ip route-import .....................................................................................
vlt-peer-lag port-channel .............................................................................................................. 1647 60 Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN)................................................................ 1648 feature vxlan .
debug vrrp ipv6 ......................................................................................................................... 1679 show vrrp ipv6 .............................................................................................
1 About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell Networking OS.
{X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols.
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2.
source-route Process packets with source routing header options ssh SSH configuration commands tacacs Interface configuration for TACACS+ telnet Specify telnet options tftp TFTP configuration commands.
Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command. • CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode.
show run | grep ethernet does not return the previous search result because it only searches for instances containing a noncapitalized “ethernet” show run | grep Ethernet ignore-case returns insta.
Based on whether VRF feature is identified as supported in the Feature Configuration file, configuration command feature vrf becomes available for usage. This command will be stored in running-configuration and will precede all other VRF-related configurations.
Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms. Example Dell#show feature Feature State ------------------------------ VRF enabled Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands.
CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP) . To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command.
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the management egress-interface-selection command. The prompt changes to include (conf-mgmt-eis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged in to EXEC mode.
To enter INTERFACE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the interface command and then enter an interface type and interface number that is available on the switch. The prompt changes to include the designated interface and slot/port number.
To enter ISIS ADDRESS-FAMILY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to ROUTER ISIS mode. 2. Enter the command address-family ipv6 unicast . The prompt changes to include (conf- router_isis-af_ipv6). LLDP Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP), use LLDP mode.
To enter MONITOR SESSION mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the monitor session command then the session ID. The prompt changes to include (conf- mon-sess- sessionID ). MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE (MSTP) Mode To enable and configure MSTP, use MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode.
PREFIX-LIST Mode To configure a prefix list, use PREFIX-LIST mode. To enter PREFIX-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip prefix-list command. Include a name for the prefix list. The prompt changes to include (conf-nprefixl).
2. Use the router bgp command then enter the AS number. The prompt changes to include (conf- router_bgp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode.
SPANNING TREE Mode To enable and configure the Spanning Tree protocol, use SPANNING TREE mode. For more information, refer to Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) . To enter SPANNING TREE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command.
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. boot system Tell the system where to access the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.3(0.1) Introduced on the S6000, Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Example copy http://admin:admin123@10.16.206.77/sample_file flash:// sample_file Related Commands copy ftp:flash Copy files from FTP server to switch copy Copy one file to another location.
To copy the running configuration enter the keyword running-config To copy the startup configuration enter the keyword startup-config To copy using a Secure Copy (SCP), enter the keyword scp: • If y.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and added the SSH port number to the SCP prompt sequence on all systems. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports a maximum of 100 files at the root directory level, on both the internal and external Flash.
Example Dell#copy running-config nfsmount://<mount-point>/filepath Destination file name [test.txt]: User name to login remote host: usrname Password to login remote host: Example Dell#copy scp: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 10.11.199.
no-confirm (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword no-confirm to specify that Dell Networking OS does not require user input for each file prior to deletion. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
format flash (S-Series) Erase all existing files and reformat the filesystem in the internal flash memory. After the filesystem is formatted, files cannot be restored. Syntax format flash: Defaults flash memory Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example Dell#mkdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Related Commands rmdir – removes a directory. mount nfs Mounts an NFS file system to a device. Syntax mount nfs rhost:path mount-point [username password] Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Example Dell#rmdir nfsmount:/nfs-mountpoint/guest Proceed to remove the directory [confirm yes/no]: yes Dell# Related Commands mkdir – creates a directory.
usbflash: file- url Enter the keyword usbflash: and specify the location of the source file in the format // directory-path to upgrade form an external flash device or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. A: | B: Specify the flash partition of the operating-system image to be upgraded.
.............! 93924044 bytes successfully copied System image upgrade completed successfully. !!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!! !!!!!!!!!! Image upgraded to all rename Rename a file in the local file system.
show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax show boot system {stack-unit {0-11 | 0-7 | 0-5 | all} } Parameters all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all line cards and rpms.
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Related Commands format flash (S-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S-Series. show os-version Display the release and software image version information of the image file specified.
------ Platform Version Size ReleaseTime S-Series: SI 9-4(0-50) 49100764 Mar 6 2014 23:47:48 TARGET IMAGE INFORMATION : --------------------------------------------------------------- ------ Type Vers.
bgp for the current BGP configuration boot for the current boot configuration cam-profile for the current CAM profile in the configuration class-map for the current class-map configuration community- .
logging for the current logging configuration mac for the current MAC ACL configuration mac-address- table for the current MAC configuration management- eis for the current management EIS configuratio.
sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanning- tree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status fo.
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for the tunnel and EIS interface types. 9.0.0.0 Added support for the VLT option. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added the hardware-monitor option.
show startup-config Display the startup configuration. Syntax show startup-config Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show version Display the current Dell Networking Operating System (OS) version information on the system. Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Lines Beginning With Description 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Example (S- Series) Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 1.
upgrade system Upgrade the system image. S6000 Syntax upgrade system {flash: | ftp: | scp: | tftp: | usbflash: | stack-unit {0-5 | all} {A: | B:} Parameters 0–5 Enter the keywords 0–5 to upgrade only the mentioned stack-unit. all Enter the keyword all to upgrade all the member units of the stack.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information You must reload FTOS after executing this command. Use the command upgrade system stack-unit to copy FTOS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
ftp Enter the keyword ftp to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //userid:password@hostip/filepath , or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. tftp Enter the keyword tftp to follow it with the location of the source file in this form: //hostlocation/filepath , or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence.
verify Validate the software image on the flash drive after the image has been transferred to the system, but before the image has been installed. Syntax verify { md5 | sha256 }[ flash :// ] img-file [ hash-value ] Parameters md5 Enter the md5 keyword to use the MD5 message-digest algorithm.
4 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP).
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original Command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
Parameters keyboard- interactive Enter the keyword keyboard-interactive to require a carriage return (CR) to get the message banner prompt. c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner. The delineator is a percent character (%).
This is the banner% Dell(conf)#end Dell#exit 13d21h9m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGOUT: Exec session is terminated for user on line console This is the banner Dell con0 now available Press RETURN to get started.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
cam-acl {default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number , ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt nu mber ipmacacl number ecfmacl number [vman- qos | vman- dual-qos number } Allocate space to each CAM region. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount of CAM space to be allotted.
The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks. System flow requires three blocks and these blocks cannot be reallocated. The ipv4acl profile range is from 1 to 4. When configuring space for IPv6 ACLs, the total number of Blocks must equal 13. Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode. Syntax configure [terminal] Parameters terminal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword terminal to specify that you are configuring from the terminal.
disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax disable [ level ] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1 . Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults 15 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the polling interval in seconds. The range is from 120 to 6000 seconds. The default is 300 seconds (5 minutes). Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults The internal flash is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
password password Enter the keyword password then a string up to 40 characters long as the password. Without specifying an encryption type, the password is unencrypted.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Usage Information Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF-aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the FTP client to reach the FTP server. If no VRF name is specified, then the default VRF is used.
ip telnet server vrf Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. S6000 Syntax ip telnet server vrf {management | vrf-name } To undo the TELNET server configuration, use the no ip telnet server [vrf vrf-name ] command.
To return to the default setting, use the no ip telnet source-interface [ interface ] command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Related Commands telnet — telnet to another device. ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server. Syntax ip tftp [vrf vrf-name ] To undo the TFTP client configuration, use the no ip tftp [vrf vrf-name ] command.
line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. Syntax line {aux 0 |console 0 | vty number [ end-number ]} Parameters aux 0 Enter the keyword aux 0 to configure the auxiliary terminal connection.
password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. motd-banner Enable a message of the day (MOTD) banner to appear when you log in to the system. Syntax motd-banner To disable the MOTD banner, use the no motd-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines.
[ sweep-max-size ] [ sweep-interval ] [ ointerface (ip src-ipv4- address) | interface ] Parameters host (OPTIONAL) Enter the host name of the devices to which you are testing connectivity. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the device to which you are testing connectivity.
validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N : Do not validate reply data. • Y : Do validate reply data. Default is No . outgoing- interface (IPv6 link-local address) Enter the outgoing interface for ping packets to a destination link-local address.
Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on the ExaScale.
Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
changes made to the nvram, such as stack-group and fanout configurations, must be saved. send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] Parameters * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines.
service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps. This command adds either the uptime or the current time and date. Syntax service timestamps [debug | log] [datetime [localtime] [msec] [show-timezone] | uptime] To disable timestamping, use the no service timestamps [debug | log] command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information If you do not specify parameters and enter service timestamps, it appears as service timestamps debug uptime in the running-configuration.
Example Dell# show alarms -- Minor Alarms -- Alarm Type Duration ---------------------------------------------- RPM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 0 PEM A failed or rmvd 7 hr, 37 min SFM 1 PE.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Reload the system to reset the command-tree counters.
Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
No CPU traffic statistics. Dell# show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show environment View S-Series and Z-Series system component status (for example, temperature or voltage). Syntax show environment [all | fan | stack-unit unit-id | pem ] Parameters all Enter the keyword all to view all components. fan Enter the keyword fan to view information on the fans.
Speed in RPM -- Power Supplies -- Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) --------------------------------------------------------------- ------------ 0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 --.
show inventory Display the S-Series or Z-Series switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols.
--------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------------ * 0 S6000-01-FE-32T NA 08YWFG A00 CN-08YWFG-28298-39Q-0015 A00 24N1VS1 463 414 83.
show memory View current memory usage on the switch. Syntax show memory [stack-unit id ] Parameters stack-unit id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit ID of the S-Series stack member to display memory information on the designated stack member.
show processes cpu Display CPU usage information based on processes running. Syntax show processes cpu [management-unit 1-99 [details] | stack-unit id | summary | [stack-unit id ]] Parameters management- unit 1-99 [details] (OPTIONAL) Display processes running in the control processor.
stack-unit Unit Number summary Summary of CPU utilization | Pipe through a command Dell#show processes cpu summary CPU utilization 5Sec 1Min 5Min ------------------------------------------- UNIT0 3% 3% 1% Dell#show processes cpu stack-unit 0 CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------- CORE 0 13.
Process: system PID: 0 CPU usage: 5sec - 13.12% 1min - 13.37% 5min - 12.94% CoreID: 3 Process: sysdlp PID: 428 CPU usage: 5sec - 3.78% 1min - 2.56% 5min - 3.40% CoreID: 0 Process: sysd PID: 410 CPU usage: 5sec - 1.59% 1min - 0.96% 5min - 2.50% CoreID: 2 TID Runtime(ms) Invoked uSecs 5Sec 1Min 5Min TTY Thread 56 20 2 10000 0.
0.12% 0.16% 0 igmp 0x00000132 420 42 10000 0.20% 0.10% 0.13% 0 vrrp 0x0000028d 410 41 10000 0.20% 0.05% 0.12% 0 ovsdbsvr 0x000000a9 200 20 10000 0.20% 0.03% 0.06% 0 arpm 0x00000253 100 10 10000 0.20% 0.02% 0.02% 0 otm 0x00000206 140 14 10000 0.20% 0.02% 0.
rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view the Control Processor’s SWPQ statistics on Route Processor 2.* stack-unit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by the stack-unit number to view the Control Processor’s SWPQ statistics on the specified stack-unit.
Field Description #msg Ackd/Ack Rcvd Number of messages acknowledged Retr /Available Retra Number of retries left Total/ Max Retra Number of retries allowed Important Points: • The SWP provides flow control-based reliable communication between the sending and receiving software tasks.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
For the S-Series, the output of the show memory command and this command differ based on which FTOS processes are counted. • In the show memory output, the memory size is equal to the size of the application processes.
show software ifm Display interface management (IFM) data. Syntax show software ifm {clients [summary] | ifagt number | ifcb interface | stack-unit unit-ID | trace-flags} Parameters clients Enter the keyword clients to display IFM client information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display brief information about IFM clients.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
stack-ports status | topology (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-ports for information about the status or topology of the stack ports. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
--------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- 0 Management online S6000 S6000 9-4(0-168) 128 1 Member not present 2 Member not present 3 Member not present 4 Me.
0 2 up up 7072 up 7021 Speed in RPM -- Unit 1 -- Unit Type : Member Unit Status : not present -- Unit 2 -- Unit Type : Member Unit Status : not present -- Unit 3 -- Unit Type : Member Unit Status : no.
0 1 up AC up 6600 -- Fan Status -- Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed --------------------------------------------------------------- --------------------- 0 0 up up 6971 up 7021 0 1 up up 7021.
Related Commands • show version – displays the Dell Networking OS version. • show hardware stack-unit – displays the data plane and management plane input and output statistics of a particular stack member.
Usage Information Without the page or stack-unit option, the command output is continuous. To interrupt the command output, use Ctrl-z. The save option works with other filtering commands. This allows you to save specific information of a show command.
Dell#dir Directory of flash: 1 drw- 16384 Jan 01 1980 00:00:00 +00:00 . 2 drwx 1536 Jul 13 1996 02:38:06 +00:00 .. 3 d--- 512 Nov 20 2007 15:46:44 +00:00 ADMIN_DIR Example (S- Series) Dell#show tech-s.
hardware watchdog stack-unit 5 ! Related Commands ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit. Syntax ssh-peer-stack-unit [-l username ] Parameters -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal.
Syntax telnet { host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface]telnet { host | ip- address | ipv6-address prefix-length } [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for source- interface for link-local IPv6 addressing.
• EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale with IPv6. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4 only).
Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms FTOS#traceroute 3ffe:501:ffff:100:201:e8ff:fe00:4c8b Type Ctrl-C to abort.
virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently. Syntax virtual-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6-address } To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip { ipv4-address | ipv6- address } command.
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. Syntax write {memory compressed| terminal} Parameters memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file.
5 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port.
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. Syntax debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface ] Parameters all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages.
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Related Commands dot1x authentication (Interface) — Enables dot1x on an interface.
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier.
Related Commands • dot1x auth-fail-vlan — Configure an authentication failure VLAN. • dot1x reauthentication — Enable periodic re-authentication of the client.
• Multi-supplicant mode authenticates every device attempting to connect to the network on the authenticator port. Related Commands show dot1x interface — Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. dot1x mac-auth-bypass Enable MAC authentication bypass.
dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command. Parameters number Enter the number of times an EAP request is transmitted before a session time-out.
Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds ] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command.
dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized. Syntax dot1x reauth-max number To return to the default, use the no dot1x reauth-max command. Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications.
Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30 . Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address ] Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Port Control: AUTO Port Auth Status: AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH-BYPASS) Re-Authentication: Disable Untagged VLAN id: 400 Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VLAN id: 100 Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE .
Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Re-Authentication: Disable Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VLAN id: 100 Auth-Fail VLAN: Disable Auth-Fail VLAN id: NONE Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass: E.
Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.1x information on Gi 1/32: ----------------------------- Dot1x Status: Enable Port Control: AUTO Re-Authentication: Disable Guest VLAN: Enable Guest VL.
6 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking OS supports the following types of ACL, IP prefix list, and route maps: • Commands C.
description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • .
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both Ingress and Egress IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit.
clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. Syntax clear counters ip access-group [ access-list-name ] Parameters access-list- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs and S-Series Loopback interfaces. NOTE: If you apply outbound(egress) IP acl on a switch port, the filter applies only for routed traffic egressing out of that port.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number.
Example Dell#show ip accounting access-list ! Standard Ingress IP access list test on TenGigabitEthernet 0/88 Total cam count 2 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 count (0 packets) seq 10 deny 2.1.1.0/24 count (0 packets Dell#show ip accounting access-list L3-ACL vrf vrf3 ! Standard Ingress IP access list L3-ACL on vrf3 Total cam count 3 seq 5 permit 10.
• fragments — Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. • order — Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower- order numbers have a higher priority).
Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard ACL. permit — configures a permit filter. ip access-list standard Create a standard IP access list (IP ACL) to filter based on IP address. Syntax ip access-list standard access-list-name To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list standard access- list-name command.
The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list standard TestList Dell(config-std-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended access list.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters ipv4 | ipv6 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4 or mac to identify the access list type to resequence. access-list- name Enter the name of a configured IP access list. StartingSeqNu m Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290.
To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters sequence- number Enter a number from 0 to 4294967290. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs.
NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order , the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only.
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. deny tcp Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port numbers: • 23 = Telnet • 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp . 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To #Covered 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic.
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established . 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny tcp — assigns a filter to deny TCP traffic. ip access-list extended Name (or select) an extended IP access list (IP ACL) based on IP addresses or protocols.
Example Dell(conf)#ip access-list extended TESTListEXTEND Dell(config-ext-nacl)# Related Commands ip access-list standard — configures a standard IP access list. show config — displays the current configuration. permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit tcp { source mask | any | host ip-address } [ bit ] [ operator port [ port ]] { destination mask | any | h.
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535. The following list includes some common TCP port num.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp . 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option.
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To #Covered 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets.
port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
Version Description 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list. Syntax resequence access-list {ipv4 | mac} { access-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-to-Increment } Parameters ipv4 | mac Enter the keyword ipv4 or mac to identify the access list type to resequence.
seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} { ip-protocol-number | icmp | ip | tcp | udp.
port port (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs.
Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. Common MAC Access List Commands The following commands are available within both MAC ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options.
mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. The following interface types can be used for VLAN , Physical interface, Port channel interface. Enter into the interface mode and apply the mac acl in the following manner.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
• Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | mac-source-address mac-source-address- mask } command. Parameters any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
seq —configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. seq To a deny or permit filter in a MAC access list while creating the filter, assign a sequence number.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
mac-destination-address-mask } [ ethertype-operator ] [count [byte]] [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
interface. For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide . Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters access-list- name Enter a text string as the MAC access list name, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keywords cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
interface tengig 1/17 in Extended mac access-list snickers on TenGigabitEthernet 1/17 seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes (559851886 packets 191402152148 bytes) seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 8.
mac- destination- address-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must be matched. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increase the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
bitmask number Enter the keyword bitmask then enter a bit mask number in dotted decimal format. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show ip prefix-list detail Ip Prefix-list with the last deletion/insertion: PL_OSPF_to_RIP ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP: count: 3, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 25 seq 5 permit 1.
ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP: count: 3, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 25 Route Map Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then applied to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. To configure route maps and their redistribution criteria, use the following commands.
Match clause with Continue clause The continue feature can exist without a match clause. A continue clause without a match clause executes and jumps to the specified route-map entry. With a match clause and a continue clause, the match clause executes first and the continue clause next in a specified route map entry.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute. match interface To match routes whose next hop is on the interface specified, configure a filter. Syntax match interface interface To remove a match, use the no match interface interface command.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. If you do not define a keyword ( permit or deny ) for the route map, the permit action is the default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters prepend as- number Enter the keyword prepend and then enter up to eight AS numbers to be inserted into the BGP path information. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters.
All routes with the NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED (0xFFFFFF03) community attribute must not be advertised to external BGP peers. no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to drop all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE.
set level To specify the IS-IS level or OSPF area to which matched routes are redistributed, configure a filter. Syntax set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub- area} To remove a set level condition, use the no set level {backbone | level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 | stub-area} command.
Related Commands set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric .
set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command.
set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter. Syntax set next-hop ip-address To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command.
set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS.
Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults router-originated = 32768 ; all other routes = 0 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP seq 5 permit 1.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show route-map route-map firpo, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: Set clauses: tag 34 Dell# Related Commands route-map — configures a route map. deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {ip | ip-protocol-number } { source mask | any | host ip-address } { destination mask | any | host ip-address } command.
standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.
deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax deny tcp { source mask | any | host ip-address } [ bit ] [.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq , permit , or deny commands.
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
• Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask } {any | host mac-address | mac- destination-address mac-destination-address-mask } command.
ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces. You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode.
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12- port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). permit icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter to allow all or specific ICMP messages.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq , permit , or deny commands.
and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.
permit (for Standard MAC ACLs) To forward packets from a specific source MAC address, configure a filter. Syntax permit {any | mac-source-address [ mac-source-address-mask ]} [count [byte]] | [log [in.
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re- enabled after the logging interval period elapses.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
permit — configures a filter to forward packets. permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} arp { destination-mac- address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id { ip-address | any | opcode code- number } [count [byte]] [order] [log [interval minutes ] [threshold-in-msgs [ count ]] [monitor] To remove this filter, use the no seq sequence-number command.
standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, standard and extended IPv6 ACLs, and standard and extended MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
seq (for IP ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} { ip-protocol-number | icmp | .
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re- enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax permit udp { source address mask | any | host ipv6-address } [ operator port [ port ]] { destinati.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq , permit , or deny commands.
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
• Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no permit { ipv6-protocol-number | icmp | ipv6 | tcp | udp} command Parameters log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows th.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.
[order] [log [interval minutes ] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny arp { destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id { ip-address | any | opcode code-number } command.
standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Command History Version Description 9.
Syntax deny icmp { source address mask | any | host ipv6-address } { destination address | any | host ipv6-address } [ message-type ] [count [byte]] | [log [interval minutes ] [threshold-in-msgs [ cou.
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re- enabled after the logging interval period elapses.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
7 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
Defaults Refer to Parameters . Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Related Commands neighbor bfd disable — Explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes.
Version Description 9.3.(0.0) Introduced on S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group.
(interval: 100 milliseconds, min_rx: 100 milliseconds, multiplier: 3 packets, and role: active ) if you have not specified parameters with the bfd neighbor command.
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.3 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Usage Information When you explicitly disable a BGP neighbor for a BFD session with the neighbor bfd d.
8 Boot Command Line Interface To access this BOOT_USER mode, first boot your Dell Networking platform. When you see the “Press ESC to stop auto-boot”, press the ESC key to log into BCLI You enter BOOT_USER mode immediately, as indicated by the BOOT_USER# prompt.
Usage Information After entering the boot change command and selecting the parameters, press Enter . The software prompts you to enter the following: • The boot device (flash, ftp, tftp, or usbflash), image file name, IP address of the server containing the image, username, and password (only for ftp).
off Enter the keyword off to suppress the boot logs during reload. NOTE: By default, watchdog is disabled. Defaults None Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version 9.
Command History Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Example BOOT_USER # boot write net config retries 2 Updated number of Network Boot Config retries to 2 BOOT_USER # boot zero Erase the configured primary, secondary, or default boot image parameters.
======================================== No Operating System boot parameters specified! SECONDARY OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ========================================== No Operating System boot .
etheraddr <macaddr> Assign the management port MAC address. S6000 Syntax etheraddr <macaddr> Parameters mac-address Enter a MAC address in standard format.
Related Commands reload — Exit from this mode and reload FTOS. ignore startup-config During a reload, do not load the startup-config file. S6000 Syntax ignore startup-config Defaults disabled Command Modes BOOT_USER Command History Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Related Commands show_default-gateway — Display the IP address configured for the default gateway. show_interface_mangement_ethernet — Display the IP address configured for the Management interface. NVRAM erase Erase all NVRAM contents alone. S6000 Syntax nvram erase Parameters mac-address Enter a MAC address in standard format.
serial console Use the serial console to set the serial console baud rate. S6000 Syntax serial console <int> <int> Parameters serial console [unit] [baud] Enter the keyword to set the serial port baud rate. The supported values for serial console: • Unit - 0 • Baud rate -9600,115200 No defaults.
======================================== boot device : flash file name : systema (FTOS system://A Partition) DEFAULT OPERATING SYSTEM BOOT PARAMETERS: ======================================== boot device : tftp file name : PS-SI-9-0-0-566.bin Management Etherenet IP address : 10.
Related Commands default-gateway — Configure the IP address for the default gateway. interface_management_ethernet_ip_address — Assign an IP address to the Management Ethernet interface. show interface management ethernet Display the IP address configured for the Management interface.
Command History Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Example BOOT_USER # show serial console baudrate Serial console baudrate = 9600 watchdog <string> Enable the watchdog timer, when the enabled watchdog timer is set to 60 seconds.
BOOT_ADMIN # watchdog timeout WATCHDOG TIMEOUT: 60 Boot Command Line Interface 335.
9 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
Parameters ipv4 multicast Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to enable BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv4 vrf vrf- name Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode.
aggregate-address To minimize the number of entries in the routing table, summarize a range of prefixes. S6000 Syntax aggregate-address ip-address mask [advertise-map map-name ] [as- set] [attribute-m.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
receive Enter the keyword receive to indicate that the system accepts multiple paths from peers. both Enter the keyword both to indicate that the system sends and accepts multiple paths from peers. path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-as- support command. If you disable the four-octect-support command after using dot or dot+ format, the AS numbers revert to asplain text. When you apply an asnotation, it is reflected in the running-configuration.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for load- sharing. bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. S6000 Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, enter the no bgp bestpath med confed command.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path.
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. S6000 Syntax bgp cluster-id { ip-address | number } To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id { ip-address | number } command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID.
Related Commands bgp client-to-client reflection — enables route reflection between the route reflector and clients. neighbor route-reflector-client — configures a route reflector and clients. show ip bgp cluster-list — views paths with a cluster ID.
The autonomous systems configured in this command are visible to the EBGP neighbors. Each autonomous system is fully meshed and contains a few connections to other autonomous systems. The next hop, MED, and local preference information is preserved throughout the confederation.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
again advertised (or no longer suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 750 . suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is greater than the suppress value, the flapping route is no longer advertised (that is, it is suppressed).
Related Commands show ip bgp dampened-paths — views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers. Syntax bgp default local-preference value To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command.
bgp dmzlink-bw Enables BGP Link Bandwidth. S6000 Syntax bgp dmzlink-bw To disable BGP Link Bandwidth, enter the no bgp dmzlink-bw command. Parameters dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to enable BGP Link Bandwidth in BGP multipath. Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History Version Description 9.
Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
role receiver- only Enter the keyword role receiver-only to designate the local router to support graceful restart as a receiver only. Defaults as above Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information.
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. S6000 Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor.
clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S6000 Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [* | <1–4294967295> | <0.
dampening Enter the keyword dampening to clear the flap dampening information. flap-statistics Enter the keywords flap-statistics to clear the flap statistics information. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 address family to clear. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 address family to clear.
NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to clear the ipv4 multicast routes.
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. S6000 Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unica.
• [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF. You can also use this attribute to return the suppressed routes corresponding to a specific VRF to an active state.
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name ] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP state changes corresponding to that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor. X:X:X:X::X (OPTIONAL) Enter an IPv6 address. peer-group peer-group- name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group.
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name ] keepalives [in | out] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display BGP keepalive information corresponding to that VRF.
debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name ] notifications [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.
Usage Information To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group- name ] soft-reconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.
Usage Information This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging. If no neighbor is specified, debug turns on for all neighbors. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. S6000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ A.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes.
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. S6000 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } allowas-in command.
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. S6000 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } default-originate [route-map map-name ] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } default-originate command.
Route-map configuration on a BGP peer or peer group works only when the LOC- RIB contains at least one route. When you apply a default route to a BGP peer or peer group using the neighbor default-originate command, changes to the configured default route-map are applied to the BGP peer or peer group only after a delay of 15 seconds.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information via an established prefix list.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Other BGP filtering commands include: neighbor filter-list , ip as-path access-list , and neighbor route-map .
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install the default routes of the multihop peer.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable failover, BGP keeps track of IP or IPv6 ability to reach the peer remote address and the peer local address.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information If a local-as is configured, BGP does not allow for the configuration of BGP confederation.
NOTE: When you set this option, the router accepts BGP prefixes only until the maximum configured value. After the maximum number is reached, the router drops any additional prefixes that it receives. Defaults threshold = 75 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group- name Enter the name of a configured peer group. encryption- type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden.
If you configure a password on one neighbor, but you have not configured a password for the neighboring router, the following message appears on the console while the routers attempt to establish a BG.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the dmzlink-bw parameter. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name. S6000 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group To delete a peer group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group command. Parameters peer-group- name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group.
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. S6000 Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [ sessions ] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command.
neighbor remote-as — assigns an indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. S6000 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } remote-as number command.
This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands router bgp — enters ROUTER BGP mode and configures routes in an AS. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process.
If the AS-PATH contains both public and private AS number or contains AS numbers of an EBGP neighbor, the private AS numbers are not removed. If a confederation contains private AS numbers in its AS-PATH, the software removes the private AS numbers only if they follow the confederation numbers in the AS path.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
peer-group- name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } timers command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format. peer-group- name Enter the name of the peer group to set the timers for all routers within the peer group.
neighbor update-source Enable the E-Series software to use Loopback interfaces for TCP connections for BGP sessions. S6000 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } update-source interface To use the closest interface, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } update-source interface command.
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. S6000 Syntax neighbor { ip-address | peer-group-name } weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor { ip-address | peer- group-name } weight command.
Related Commands set weight — assigns a weight to all paths meeting the route map criteria. network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. S6000 Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name ] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name ] command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Related Commands deny bandwidth – link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to deny incoming or outgoing traffic.. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. S6000 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name ] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal .
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes.
router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode. S6000 Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.
set extcommunity bandwidth Enables you to set extended community bandwidth. Syntax set extcommunity bandwidth To disable extended community bandwidth, enter the no set extcommunity bandwidth command. Parameters bandwidth Enter the keyword bandwidth to enable extended community bandwidth.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
The show ip bgp command displays the dmzlink-dw details only if dmzlink-bw is enabled using the bgp dmzlink-dw command. Example Dell#show ip bgp BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related to only to the ipv6 unicast routes.
Example Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.6 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * va.
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i Dell#show ip bgp community no-advertise BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.
• EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric LocPrf Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i Dell#show ip bgp 55.0.0.0/24 BGP routing table entry for 55.0.0.0/24 Paths: (1 available, table Default-IP-Routing-Table.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Network From Reuse Path d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:36:23 200 Dell# show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. S6000 Syntax show ip bgp [ ipv4 unicast ] detail Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
NdTmpRRClP 0x41a4b000 : NdTmpOptP 0x41a4b800 : NdTmpNHP : NdOrigPAP 0 NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP.
MpathCtxAddr 1101111140 : MpathCtxAddrlen 255 : AfEorSet 0x41a19f98 : NumDfrdPfx 0 AfActPeerHd 0x41a1a3a4 : AfExtDist 1101112312 : AfIntDist 200 : AfLocDist 200 AfNumRRc 0 : AfRR 0 : AfNetRttP 0x41a0d.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view route information that matches the filter lists corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
Field Description • a = aggregate route entry • c = external confederation route entry • n = network route entry • r = redistributed route entry Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table.
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
00:00:23 00:00:00 200 i Dell#*>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path.
Field Description Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route.
*>n 33.33.33.33/32 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i *>n 33.33.44.55/32 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i *>n 44.44.44.44/32 0.0.0.0 0 32768 i *>I 55.55.0.0/16 72.1.1.2 100 0 i *>I 55.55.55.55/32 72.1.1.2 0 100 0 i *>I 55.55.66.66/32 72.1.1.2 0 100 0 i *>a 66.66.
flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to view flap statistics on the neighbor’s routes. routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword routes to view only the neighbor’s feasible routes.
Usage Information After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging. The neighbor information that this command displays does not include counts corresponding to ignored prefixes and updates.
The Lines Beginning with: Description Minimum time Displays the minimum time, in seconds, between advertisements. (list of inbound and outbound policies) Displays the policy commands configured and the names of the Route map, AS-PATH ACL, or Prefix list configured for the policy.
Capabilities advertised to neighbor for IPv4 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) ADD_PATH(69) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, R.
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
• . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (zero or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (one or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either zero or one sequences).
Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using this path attribute. Metric Displays the MED attribute for this path attribute.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes.
Line beginning with: Description Peer-group Displays the peer group’s name. Administratively shut Displays the peer group’s status if the peer group is not enabled. If you enable the peer group, this line is not displayed. BGP version Displays the BGP version supported.
NOTE: You can use this attribute to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression that is specified on either a default or a non-default VRF. regular- expression [ character ] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • .
Usage Information The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.
ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Field Description BGP router identifier Displays the local router ID and the AS number. BGP table version Displays the BGP table version and the main routing table version. network entries Displays the number of network entries, route paths, and the amount of memory used to process those entries.
Field Description Time Established Display Example < 1 day 00:12:23 (hours:minutes:seconds) < 1 week 1d21h (DaysHours) > 1 week 11w2d (WeeksDays) State/Pfxrcd If the neighbor is in Established stage, the number of network prefixes received.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view dampened-route information related only to ipv4 multicast routes.
Parameters external- distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20 . internal- distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255.
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S6000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name ] [ipv4 { multicast | unicast } | ipv6 unicast ] dampened-paths Parameters vrf vrf-nam.
event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized. The history paths that the show ip bgp command displays contain only the prefix and the next-hop information.
10 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking S6000 platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms.
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
l2pt number Enter the keyword l2pt and then the number of FP blocks for l2 protocol tunnelling. The range is from 0 to 1. Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmacl number Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL.
l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number , ipv4qos number l2qos number l2pt number ipmacacl number ecfmacl number {nlbclusteracl] [vman-qos | vman-dual-qos number ] ipv4pbr number openflo w {4|8} | fcoe number [iscsioptacl number ] [vrfv4acl number ] Allocate space to each CAM region.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information Save the new CAM settings to the startup-config ( write-mem or copy run start ) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. The total amount of space allowed is 16 FP Blocks.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. cam-optimization Optimize CAM utilization for QoS Entries by minimizing require policy-map CAM space. S6000 Syntax cam-optimization [qos] Parameters qos Optimize CAM usage for QoS. Defaults Disabled.
show cam-acl Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all stack units. S6000 Syntax show cam-acl Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflo.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example (S- Series) Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input In stack-unit all Stack-Unit | Portpipe | CAM Partition | Available CAM | Estimated CAM per Port| Status ----------------------------------.
0| 0| IPv4Flow| 102| 0|Allowed Dell# Unified Forwarding Table Modes Unified Forwarding Table (UFT) consolidates the resources of several search tables (Layer 2, Layer 3 Hosts, and Layer 3 Route [Longest Prefix Match — LPM]) into a single flexible resource.
Related Commands show hardware forwarding-table mode — displays the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot. show hardware forwarding-table mode Display the hardware forwarding table mode in the current boot and in the next boot.
11 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking S6000 platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. S6000 Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured.
Parameters policy-name Enter the service-policy name, using a string up to 32 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. S6000 Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured.
show mac protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for the MAC protocols. S6000 Syntax show mac protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
12 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Usage Information If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear.
The following lists the dot1p priority-queue assignments. dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC- enabled queues.
PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay.
Field Description Willing Status is enabled DCBX exchange (Willing bit received in PFC TLV): enabled or disable. Local is enabled DCBX operational status (enabled or disabled) with a list of the configured PFC priorities.
Field Description PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted. PFC TLV Statistics: Error pkts Number of PFC error packets received. PFC TLV Statistics: Pause Tx pkts Number of PFC pause frames transmitted.
show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface. Syntax show interface port-type slot/port [] pfc statistics Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port [] Enter the slot/port number.
ETS Commands The following ETS commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. Syntax dcb enable[ pfc-queues 1|4 ] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range.
Parameters port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Example (Summary) Dell#show interface te 1/3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 Max.
Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : ------------------ Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA ------------------------------------------------ 0 - - 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % .
Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Remote Parameters: ------------------- Remote is disabled Local Parameters : ------------------ .
1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Remote Parameters: ------------------- Remote is disabled Local Parameters : ------------------ Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# .
Parameters {ets-conf | ets- reco | pfc} Enter the PFC and ETS TLVs advertised, where: • ets-conf: enables the advertisement of ETS configuration TLVs. • ets-reco: enables the advertisement of ETS recommend TLVs. • pfc: enables the advertisement of PFC TLVs.
Parameters config-source | auto- downstream | auto-upstream | manual Enter the DCBX port role, where: • config-source : configures the port to serve as the configuration source on the switch. • auto-upstream : configures the port to receive a peer configuration.
Parameters auto | cee | cin | ieee-v2.5 Enter the DCBX version type used on the interface, where: • auto : configures the port to operate using the DCBX version received from a peer. • cee : configures the port to use CDD (Intel 1.01). • cin : configures the port to use Cisco-Intel-Nuova (DCBX 1.
Parameters {all | auto- detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • all : enables all DCBX debugging operations. • auto-detect-timer : enables traces for DCBX auto- detect timers. • config-exchng : enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show interface dcbx detail Displays the DCBX configuration on an interface. Syntax show interface port-type slot/port [] dcbx detail Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port [] Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description Local DCBX Compatibility mode DCBX version accepted in a DCB configuration as compatible. In auto-upstream mode, a port can only receive a DCBX version supported on the remote peer. Local DCBX Configured mode DCBX version configured on the port: CEE, CIN, IEEE v2.
Field Description Total DCBX Frames transmitted Number of DCBX frames sent from the local port. Total DCBX Frames received Number of DCBX frames received from the remote peer port. Total DCBX Frame errors Number of DCBX frames with errors received. Total DCBX Frames unrecognized Number of unrecognizable DCBX frames received.
dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic. Apply the DCB map to an Ethernet interface. S6000 Syntax dcb-map map-name Parameters map-name Enter a DCB map name.
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. S6000 Syntax priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_group- num dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num Parameters dot1p0_group- num Enter the priority group number for each 802.
• Priority group 0 contains traffic with dot1p priorities 0, 1, and 2. • Priority group 1 contains traffic with dot1p priority 3. • Priority group 2 contains traffic with dot1p priority 4. • Priority group 4 contains traffic with dot1p priority 5, 6, and 7.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support to configure peak and committed rate on the S6000 platform. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Usage Information Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces.
Parameters dcb-map- name Enter the name of the DCB map. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports.
buffer size. If the buffer size and DCB buffer threshold settings are applied on one or more ports, a validation is performed to determine whether following condition is satisfied: If the preceding co.
priority Configure the priority for the PFC threshold to be allocated to the buffer space parameters. This utility is supported on the S6000 platforms.
congestion on a queue for a specified priority, it sends a pause frame for the 802.1p priority traffic to the transmitting device. You can use the priority command to set up both the administrative and peer- related PFC priorities. For example, you can configure the intended buffer configuration for all eight priorities.
size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB. pause- threshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent threshold- value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787.
provides an easy and flexible technique to accommodate both administratively- configured and peer-configured priorities. Example Dell(conf)# qos-policy-buffer test Dell(conf-qos-policy-buffer)#queue 0.
show qos dcb-buffer-threshold Displays the DCB buffer threshold assigned to a QoS policy. This command is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax show qos dcb buffer-threshold { name } Parameters name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length.
Parameters stack-unit stack-unit- number Unique ID of the stack unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered.
When you enter the instance id option, show hardware stack-unit stack-unit-number buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource X for specified instance alone is displayed.
UCAST 11 0 3 2 0 3 MCAST 4 0 0 0 0 3 If only two instances are available at the time the above show command is issued, only two instances is displayed in the summary output.
resource all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------- PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------- 0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 .
UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) ----.
UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Dell# To examine t.
To identify the port that is congested and monitor all the priority groups on that particular port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio all Stack-unit: 0 .
Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Usage Information Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic.
Usage Information The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show running- config dcb-buffer-threshold command: Field Description Profile name Name of the DCB buffer threshold p.
Dell#show interface tengigabitethernet 1/20 pfc buffer- threshold The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show interface pfc buffer-threshold command: Field Description queue.
thresholds for the buffer. This method of configuration enables you to effectively manage and administer the behavior of lossless queues. Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-queues 4 dcb {ets | pfc} enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface.
13 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking Operating System. This chapter contains the following sections: • Diagnostic and Monitor.
Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted.
on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically. level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics.
Range from 0 to 5. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
command options to clear a specific collection of data. The range is from 0 to 5. counters Enter the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected stack member. unit number counters Enter the keyword unit along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected port-pipe.
Parameters stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. Syntax hardware watchdog stack-unit {<0-5> | all} Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
drops [unit unit-number [port port- number | no]] Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Enter the drops keyword to display internal drops on the selected stack member.
Example (Data- Plane) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 cpu data-plane statistics Input Statistics: 1856 packets, 338262 bytes 141 64-byte pkts, 1248 over 64-byte pkts, 11 over 127-byte pkts 222 over 25.
Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drops : 0 Port bitmap zero Drops : 0 Rx VLAN Drops : 0 --- Ingress MAC counters--- Ingress FCSDrops : 0 Ingress MTUExceeds : 0 --- MMU Drops --- HOL DROPS : 0 TxPurge.
0x00680017 ASFCONFIG.mmu0 = 0x0000000e 0x0060004c ASFPORTSPEED.ge0 = 0x00000000 0x0060104c ASFPORTSPEED.ge1 = 0x00000000 0x0060204c ASFPORTSPEED.ge2 = 0x00000000 0x0060304c ASFPORTSPEED.ge3 = 0x00000000 0x0060404c ASFPORTSPEED.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0060504c ASFPORTSPEED.
0x0b704001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0b705001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge5 = 0x00000000 0x0b706001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge6 = 0x00000000 0x0b707001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge7 = 0x00000000 0x0b708001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge8 = 0x00000000 0x0b709001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.
The linkStatus of Hg Port 27 is FALSE !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Total-Buffer) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer total-buffer Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 b.
port To display the buffer statistics for a specific port, enter the keyword port and a port number from 1 to 64. all Display buffer statistics for all ports priority-group Identifier of the priority group in the range of 0 to 7. buffer-info To display total buffer information for the port, enter the keywords buffer-info .
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit id port-set number [counters] Par.
2041 VRRP frames Redirects 0 2040 GRAT ARP 0 2039 DROP Cases 0 2038 OSPF1 STUB 0 2037 OSPF2 STUB 0 2036 VRRP STUB 0 2035 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC+VLAN 4095 0 2034 L2_DST_HIT+BC MAC 0 2033 Catch all 0 384 OSPF[224.
################# FP Entry for redirecting ARP Replies to RSM ############# EID 2043: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x04, prio=0x7fb, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY.
Related Commands clear hardware system-flow — clears the statistics from selected hardware components. show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot View the buffer statistics tracking resource information without polling details and historical snapshots.
• All – Displays all resources on ingress and egress for each of the port, queue. • Port-Queue ucast/mcast – Displays the total unicast/multicast buffer usage on per-port per-queue basis. For CPU port, counters for queues 0 – 11 are displayed and no differentiation is made between unicast and multicast queues.
--------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------------------------------------- Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 5 prio-grou.
• Port {id |all} prio-group {id | all} - ingress priority-group level snapshot Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
14 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. debug ipv6 dhcp To enable debug logs for DHCPv6 relay agent transactions. Syntax debug ipv6 dhcp To disable the debug logs for dhcpv6 relay agent transactions, use the debug ipv6 dhcp command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. disable Disable the DHCP server.
dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. S6000 Syntax dns-server address [address2...address8] Parameters address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool.
hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. S6000 Syntax hardware-address address Parameters address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP <POOL> Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool.
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. S6000 Syntax netbios-name-server address [ address2.
Defaults Hybrid Command Modes DHCP <POOL> Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pool Create an address pool. S6000 Syntax pool name Parameters name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration.
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. S6000 Syntax show ip dhcp conflict address Parameters address Display a particular conflict log entry.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks.
arp inspection-trust Specify a port as trusted so that ARP frames are not validated against the binding table. S6000 Syntax arp inspection-trust Defaults Disabled Command Modes • INTERFACE • INTERFACE PORT-CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters. Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
The following example shows how to clear the discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> clear ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard- counters interface portchannel 1 Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Networking OS version 8.2.1.0 extends DHCP Snooping to Layer 2. You do not have to enable relay agent to snoop on Layer 2 interfaces. ipv6 dhcp snooping Enable DHCPv6 snooping globally for ipv6. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping To disable the snooping globally, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping command.
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. S6000 Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. IPv6 DHCP Snooping Binding Create a static DHCP snooping binding entry in the snooping database.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters value The range is from 5 to 21600. The value of the minutes range is from 5 min. to 15 days. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew To load the binding entries from the file to DHCPv6 snooping binding database. Syntax ipv6 dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6 dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted for DHCP snooping. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping trust To disable dhcp snooping trusted capability on this interface, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping trust command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on C-Series and S-Series.
ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address Configure to enable verify source mac-address against ipv6 DHCP packet mac address. Syntax [no] ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address To disable verify source mac-address against ipv6 DHCP packet mac address, use the no ipv6 dhcp snooping verify mac-address command.
Usage Information Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa. Example Dell(conf-if-te-1/12)#ip helper-address vrf jay 10.0.0.2 ipv6 helper-address Configures the ipv6 DHCP helper addresses without VRF.
source- address- validation Display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. discard- counters (OPTIONAL) Display the number of dropped packets.
ipmac-vlan sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 Total cam count 4 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 10.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:aa:00:01 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 10.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:aa:00:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 20 host 10.
The following example displays the SAV discard counters on a particular interface: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard- counters interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 deny acce.
DHCP Binding File Details Invalid File : 0 Invalid Binding Entry : 0 Binding Entry lease expired : 0 Dell# Commands to Configure DNS To configure the Domain Names Systems (DNS) on the system, use the following commands: ip name-server Configures the name server IP addresses for VRF.
Usage Information Use this command to associate name server IP addresses to a specific VRF. Example • Dell(conf)#ip name-server vrf jay 2.2.2.2 • Dell(conf)#ip name-server vrf jay 2.2.2.2 3.3.3.3 4.4.4.4 5.5.5.5 6.6.6.6 7.7.7.7 ip domain-name Configures the default domain corresponding to a specific VRF.
ip domain-list Adds a domain name to the DNS list. This domain name is appended to incomplete host names in DNS requests corresponding to a specific VRF. Syntax ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name ] name To remove a domain name from DNS list, use the no ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name ] name command.
To undo the host name server to IP address mapping for VRFs, use the no ip host [vrf vrf-name] name ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure the name server to IP address mapping for that VRF.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
15 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking OS. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID.
ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crc- upper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • c.
Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe then the port pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. hg-seed seed- value stack- unit Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number.
Version Description 7.7.1.1 Added the nh-ecmp option. Usage Information To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method on ExaScale systems. For example, hash-algorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis.
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. S6000 Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | { number } {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths { number } command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information Enabling this CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with weights in the HW/CAM on the fly. If disabled, the CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with no weights or regular ECMP.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. link-bundle-monitor enable Provides a mechanism to enable monitoring of traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle.
16 Flex Hash and Optimized Boot-Up This chapter describes the Flex Hash and fast-boot enhancements. load-balance ingress-port enable Enable the Flex hash functionality. This utility is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax load-balance ingress-port enable To disable the Flex hash capability, use the no version of this command.
the L4 header to be used for hash calculation, and a meaningful description to associate the protocol number with the name. This utility is supported on the S6000 platform.
headers are not sufficient to distinguish the flows. Therefore, the fields in the L4 header are processed when hashing is performed for packets over LAG and ECMP links. The Flex Hash functionality enables you to configure a packet search key and matches packets based on the search key.
Usage Information You can configure an optimization technique to reduce the booting time of an S6000 Switch. This mechanism is also called fast boot. With the reduced time that is taken to reboot the switch, upon a manually-initiated reload or an expected restart of the device, the disruption in traffic that is serviced by the switch is minimized.
encapsulation dot1q Configures lite-subinterfaces. C9000 Series Syntax encapsulation dot1q vlan-id To remove a previously configured lite-subinterface, use the no version of this command. Parameters dot1q vlan-id Enter the keyword dot1q followed by the VLAN ID to which the host belongs.
17 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface.
debug fip snooping Enable debugging on FIP snooping. Syntax debug fip-snooping [all | acl | error | ifm | info | ipc | tx] Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging.
• all — Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. • discovery — Enter the keyword discovery to enable debugging on FCF advertisements and ENode solicitation. • virtual-link-instantiation — Enter the keywords virtual-link-instantiation to enable debugging on FLOGI, FDISC, and FLOGO packets.
To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Usage Information The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is four. The maximum number of FIP snooping sessions supported per ENode server is 16.
Parameters max-sessions- value Enter the maximum number of sessions allowed per ENode MAC address. The range is from 1 to 64. Defaults 32 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fip- snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell# show fip-snooping config FIP Snooping Feat.
Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF.
Field Description FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. FCF Interface Slot/port number of the interface to which the FCF is connected. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-MAP FC-Map value the FCF advertises. ENode Interface Slot/ number of the interface connected to the ENode.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example.
Field Description Number of FDISC Accepts Number of FIP FDISC accept frames received on the interface. Number of FDISC Rejects Number of FIP FDISC reject frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGO Accepts Number of FIP FLOGO accept frames received on the interface.
Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :4416 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :3136 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Number of Unicast Discovery Advertisement :0 Number of FLOGI Accep.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell# show fip-snooping system Global Mode : Enabled FCO.
show fips status Display the FIPs status on the platform. Syntax show fips status Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
18 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking OS. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets.
Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification.
Usage Information This command places you into the resilient ring protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp . show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. S6000 Syntax show frrp [ ring-id [summary]] | [summary] Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number.
Usage Information Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command is executed.
To remove the timer, use the no timer {hello-interval [ milliseconds ]}| {dead-interval milliseconds } command. Parameters hello-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword hello-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the hello interval of the control packets.
19 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly.
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Related Commands show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S6000 Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. S6000 Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command.
garp timers Set the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages. S6000 Syntax garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} To return to the previous setting, use the no garp timers {join | leave | leave-all} command. Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time.
Usage Information • Join Timer — Join messages announce the willingness to register some attributes with other participants. For reliability, each GARP application entity sends a Join message twice and uses a join timer to set the sending interval.
Related Commands disable — globally disables GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. S6000 Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command. Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a comma- separated VLAN ID set.
about the VLAN through GVRP. If the VLAN is removed from the port that sends GVRP advertisements to this device, the port stops being a member of the VLAN. To advertise or learn about VLANs through GVRP, use the forbidden command when you do not want the interface.
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. S6000 Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. summary Enter the keyword summary to display just a summary of the GVRP statistics.
Join In Transmitted: 0 Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave In Transmitted: 0 Leave Empty Transmitted: 0 Leave All Transmitted: 41 Invalid Messages/Attributes skipped: 0 Failed Registrations: 0 Dell# Related Commands show gvrp — displays the GVRP configuration.
20 ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.
Symbol Type Code Description Query Error 0 redirect for network . 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . & 11 time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit .
21 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the Dell Networking OS. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable debugging of IGMP packets corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature. S6000 Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command. Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum).
To disable ip igmp immediate leave , use the no ip igmp immediate- leave command. Parameters group-list prefix-list- name Enter the keywords group-list then a string up to 16 characters long of the prefix-list-name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval. For IGMP version 2, the range is from 100 to 25599. For IGMP version 3, the range is from 100 to 65535. The default value is 1000 milliseconds . Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
std-access-list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups. source-address Specify the multicast source address to which the groups are mapped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the IGMPv3 source information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description Last Reporter Displays the IP address of the last host to be a member of the IGMP group. Example Dell#show ip igmp groups Total Number of Groups: 5 IGMP Connected Group Membership Group Address Interface Uptime Expires 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 00:00:05 00:02:04 225.
show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP. S6000 Syntax show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name ] interface [ interface ] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view IGMP interfaces associated with that VRF.
Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. The show ip igmp interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces.
show ip igmp ssm-map Display is a list of groups that are currently in the IGMP group table and contain SSM mapped sources. S6000 Syntax show ip igmp [vrf vrf-name ] ssm-map [ group ] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
Related Commands ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships. IGMP Snooping Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMP Snooping version 2 and 3 on all Dell Networking systems.
clear ip igmp snooping groups Clear snooping entries from the group cache table. S6000 Syntax clear ip igmp snooping groups [ group-address interface | interface ] Parameters group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format.
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP multicast group address in dotted decimal format. interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information On the C-Series and S-Series, unregistered multicast data traffic drops when you disable flooding; they do not forward the packets to multicast router ports.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This last-member-query-interval is also the interval between successive Group- Specific Query messages. To change the last-member-query interval, use this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information Dell Networking OS provides the capability of statically configuring the interface to which a multicast router is attached.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. Usage Information This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
22 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software on the S6000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Por.
information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Version Description 6.5.1.0 Updated the definition of the learning-limit option for clarity. Example Dell#clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Related Commands mac learning-limit — allows aging of MACs even though a learning-limit is configured or disallow station move on learned MACs.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To delete a description, use the no description command. Parameters desc_text Enter a text string up to 240 characters long. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
To return to the default setting, use the no duplex command. Parameters half Enter the keyword half to set the physical interface to transmit only in one direction. full Enter the keyword full to set the physical interface to transmit in both directions.
The threshold commands are supported on S6000 only. To return to the default, use the no flowcontrol rx {off | on}tx {off | on} threshold command. Parameters rx on Enter the keywords rx on to process the received flow control frames on this port. This is the default value for the receive side.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 6.5.1.9 and 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series with the thresholds option.
Example Dell(conf-if-Te-1/1)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on no shutdown ... Example (Values) This Example shows how Dell Networking OS negotiates the flow control values between two Dell Networking chassis connected back-to-back using 1G copper ports.
Related Commands show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces.
Usage Information The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command.
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default ( no shutdown ). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables .
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• If overlapping port ranges are specified, the port range is extended to the smallest start port and the biggest end port. Example (Bulk) Dell(conf)#interface range tengigbitethernet 2/1 - 11, fort.
shutdown Dell(config-if-range-te-5/1-24,te-1/1-2,vl-2-100,po-1-25)# Related Commands interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. interface vlan — configures a VLAN interface. show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) — shows the bulk configuration interfaces.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
NOTE: Associate the OpenFlow instance with the VLAN when the VLAN is created. An existing VLAN cannot be associated with an OpenFlow instance. Defaults Not configured, except for the Default VLAN, which is configured as VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
shutdown — disables/enables the VLAN. tagged — adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. untagged — adds a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. intf-type cr4 autoneg Set the interface type as CR4 with auto-negotiation enabled.
keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. S6000 Syntax keepalive To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to1. The port range is 0.
Key Description monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot). m Change the view from a single interface to all interfaces on the line card or visa-versa.
Example (All Interfaces) systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.: 2s Time: 03:54:14 Interface Link In Packets [delta] Out Packets [delta] Te 0/0 Down 0 0 0 0 Te 0/1 Down 0 0 0 0 Te 0/2 Up 6151.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes negotiation auto Enable auto-negotiation on an interface. S6000 Syntax negotiation auto To disable auto-negotiation, use the no negotiation auto command.
The negotiation auto command provides a mode option for configuring an individual port to forced-master/forced slave after you enable auto-negotiation. NOTE: The mode option is not available on non-10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet line cards. If you do not use the mode option, the default setting is slave .
The following details the possible speed and auto-negotiation combinations for a line between two 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Port 0 • auto-negotiation enabled* speed 1000 or auto • au.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Example (Vlan) Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#interface vlan 10 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)#no untagged tengigabitethernet 7/1 Dell(conf-if-vl-10)#interface vlan 20 Dell(conf-if-vl-20)#no tagged tengigabitethernet 7/1 D.
Version Description Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The output of the show interfaces command displays the configured rate interval, along with the collected traffic data.
no shutdown Dell(conf-if-fo-1/4)# show config (for speed) Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE MODE Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.
NOTE: In the CLI output, the power value is rounded to a 3-digit value. For receive/transmit power that is less than 0.000, an snmp query returns the corresponding dbm value even though the CLI displays as 0.000. NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate.
Line Description Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out. Input Statistics: Displays all the input statistics including: • Number of packets and bytes i.
Line Description displayed in bits, packets per second, and percent of line rate. Time since... Elapsed time since the last interface status change (hh:mm:ss format).
Last clearing of "show interface" counters 1w0d5h Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-by.
Internet address is 10.16.130.5/16 Link local IPv6 address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea0:bff3/64 Global IPv6 address: 1::1/ Global IPv6 address: 2::1/64 Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set.
Queueing strategy: fifo Time since last interface status change: 00:05:12 Related Commands show interfaces configured – displays any interface with a non-default configuration. show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces.
ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:12:42 Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 10 packets, 10000 bytes 0 Vlans 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Related Commands show hardware stack-unit — displays data plane and management plane input/ output statistics. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced this command. Example Dell#show interfaces vlan 10 Vlan 10 is up, line protocol is down Address is 90:b1:1c:f4:99:.
36 36 40 40 44 44 48 48 52 52 56 56 60 60 64 64 68 68 72 72 76 76 80 80 84 84 88 88 92 92 100 100 108 108 116 116 124 124 Dell# Related Commands stack-unit portmode — splits a single 40G port into f.
Defaults 0,8,16,24,32,36,40,44,48,52,56,60,64,68,72,76,80,84,88,92,100,108,116,124 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 and S6000–ON. Usage Information The profile can only have 12-port groups in the first 16 and last 16 groups.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces. show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Removed three fields in the output: Vendor Name, Vendor OUI, and Vendor PN. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show interfaces transceiver command shown in the following example.
Line Description RX Power High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Warning threshold Factory-defined setting.
Line Description Rate Select state This is the digital state of the SFP rate_select input pin. RS state This is the reserved digital state of the pin AS(1) per SFF-8079 and RS(1) per SFF-8431. Tx Disable state If the admin status of the port is down then this flag is set to true.
Line Description Tx Bias Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the present Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power Low Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above.
SFP 1 RX Power Low Warning threshold = 0.016mW =================================== SFP 1 Temperature = 39.930C SFP 1 Voltage = 3.293V SFP 1 Tx Bias Current = 6.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface to auto- negotiate its speed. auto Enter the keyword auto to set the interface to auto- negotiate its speed.
S6000 Syntax stack-unit stack-unit port number portmode quad Parameters stack-unit Enter the stack member unit identifier of the stack member to reset. For the S6000, the range is from 0 to 5. number Enter the port number of the 40G port to be split. Defaults Disabled.
Example (stack unit – Warning message when 13 ports are configured in any port range) Dell(conf)#stack-unit 0 port 48 portmode quad Maximum number of ports that can be made Quad mode in the range <0-63> is configured. Ports 52,56,60, will be disabled on reload.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the port- channel number option).
have no members if there are not enough ports installed. In the S-Series, stack members can provide those ports. NOTE: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration.
shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). S6000 Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command.
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing 16 physical interfaces on the S-Series. S6000 Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channel- number command.
A Port Channel can contain both 100/1000 interfaces and GE interfaces. Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled, Dell Networking OS determines if the Port Channel uses 100 Mb/s or 1000 Mb/s as the common speed. For more information, refer to channel-member .
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Field Description may not add correctly because a VLAN tagged IP packet counts as both a VLAN packet and an IP packet. 0 64-byte... Displays the size of packets and the number of those packets entering that interface. This information is displayed over two lines.
Field Description LAG Lists the port channel number. Mode Lists the mode: • L3 — for Layer 3 • L2 — for Layer 2 Status Displays the status of the port channel.
incoming- interface interface Enter the keywords incoming-interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
MAC-based hashing is configured for a Layer 2 interface and you are trying to display a Layer 3 flow. The output displays three entries: • Egress port for unfragmented packets. • In the event of fragmented packets, the egress port of the first fragment.
Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
23 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the S6000 platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). S6000 Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name ] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command Mode CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information In Dell Networking OS versions prior to 8.3.1.0, if a gratuitous ARP is received some time after an ARP request is sent, only RP2 installs the ARP information. For example: 1.
Usage Information Use this command to specify the maximum number of ARP entries that the Route Table Manager can hold for a specific VRF. This command does not apply to the management VRFs. arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request.
arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. S6000 Syntax arp timeout minutes Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790. The default is 240 minutes . Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache corresponding to that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
clear ip fib stack-unit Clear all FIB entries in the specified stack unit (use this command with caution, refer to Usage Information .) Syntax clear ip fib stack-unit unit-number vrf vrf-name Parameters unit-number Enter the number of the stack unit. The range is from 0 to 11.
* Enter an asterisk (*) to clear all learned IP routes. ip-address mask Enter a specific IP address and mask in dotted decimal format to clear that IP address from the routing table. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
clear tcp statistics Clear TCP counters. S6000 Syntax clear tcp statistics [all | cp | rp1 | rp2] Parameters all Enter the keyword all to clear all TCP statistics maintained on all switch processors. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the cp to clear only statistics from the Control Processor.
debug arp View information on ARP transactions. S6000 Syntax debug arp [ interface ] [count value ] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.10 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.
debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). S6000 Syntax debug ip icmp [ interface ] [count value ] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. Example ICMP: echo request rcvd from src 40.40.40.40 ICMP: src 40.40.40.40, dst 40.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description TCP src= Displays the source and destination ports, the sequence number, the acknowledgement number, and the window size of the packets in that TCP packets. UDP src= Displays the source and destination ports for the UDP packets. ICMP type= Displays the ICMP type and code.
• Internet control message protocol ( icmp ) but not the ICMP message type (from 0 to 255) • Any internet protocol ( ip ) • Transmission Control Protocol ( tcp ) but not on the rst , syn , or urg bits • User Datagram Protocol ( udp ) In the case of ambiguous access control list rules, the debug ip packet access-control command is disabled.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S6000 Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
the name is not resolved, the software goes through the list of names configured with the ip domain-list command to find a match. To enable dynamic resolution of hosts, use the following steps: • sp.
Usage Information To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Management Ethernet interface, enter the keyword managementethernet .
utilites. You can enable the ICMP unreachable messages to contain the loopback address of the source device instead of the previous hop's IP address to be able to easily and quickly identify the .
Usage Information To avoid denial of service (DOS) attacks, keep the number of fragments allowed for re-assembly low. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. S6000 Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ ipv4-address2.
You can separately configure both IPv4 and IPv6 domain name servers. ip proxy-arp Enable proxy ARP on an interface. S6000 Syntax ip proxy-arp To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip route Assign a static route to the switch. S6000 Syntax ip route [vrf vrf-name ] ip-address mask { ip-address | interface [ ip-address ]} [ distance ] [permanent] [tag tag-value ] [vrf vrf- name ] [weight weight-value ] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address. interface ip- address Enter the keyword interface then the IP address. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter the value of the distance metric assigned to the route.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094).
Dell(conf)# Dell(conf)#do show running-config | grep route ip route vrf test 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2 weight 100 ip route vrf test 1.1.1.0/24 6.6.6.2 weight 200 Related Commands show ip route — views the switch routing table. ip source-route Enable Dell Networking OS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header.
ip tcp initial-time Define the wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. This command is supported on the , , S6000, and platforms. Syntax ip tcp initial-time <8-75> To restore the default behavior, which causes the wait period to be set as 8 seconds, use the no ip tcp initial-time command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Usage Information Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously.
show ip tcp initial-time Displays the interval that you configured for the device to wait before the TCP connection is attempted to be established. Syntax show ip tcp initial-time Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. load-balance By default, for C-Series and S-Series, Dell Networking .
• source-mac — Uses the source MAC address, VLAN, Ethertype, source module ID and source port ID fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3-bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded.
load-balance hg Choose the traffic flow parameters the hash calculation uses while distributing the traffic across internal higig links. Syntax [no] load-balance hg {ip-selection | ipv6-selection [ so.
• ethertype — Use Ethertype field in hash calculation. • source-dest-mac — Use SMAC and DMAC fields in hash calculation. tunnel [ ipv4- over-ipv4 | ipv4-over-gre- ipv4 | mac-in- mac ]} To use .
managementethernet | fortyGigE | vlan | gigabitethernet | tengigabitethernet} command. Parameters ip-address mask Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) and mask (/prefix format) of the destination subnet. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter an IPv6 address (x:x:x:x::x format) and mask (/prefix format) of the destination subnet.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a static route (or a protocol route) overlaps with Management static route, the static route (or a protocol route) is preferred over the Management Static route.
ip ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then an IP address in the dotted decimal format. Enter the optional IP address mask in the slash prefix format (/ x).
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
CPU --------------------------------------------------------------- Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e - Vl 10 pv 200 CP Internet 5.5.5.10 - 00:01:e8:44:99:55 - Vl 10 CP Internet 10.1.2.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 - CP Internet 10.10.10.4 1 00:01:e8:d5:9e:e2 Ma 0/0 - CP Internet 10.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show hosts command in the following example. Field Description Default domain... Displays the domain name (if configured).
Related Commands traceroute — views the DNS resolution. ip host — configures a host. show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Example (ECMP-Group) Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 3 po 0 ecmp-group detail Destination EC C VId Mac-Addr Port ECMP Group-Index --------------------------------------------------------------- ---------------------------- 1.1.1.2/32 0 0 1000 00:01:00:00:00:02 Te 3/42 - 2.
ip-address mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the network destination to view only information on that destination. Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Enter the mask in slash prefix format (/X). longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix.
Field Description EC Displays the number of ECMP paths. If weighted ECMP is enabled, then the show ip fib stack-unit command display a new column named W-EC (Weighted ECMP). This column displays either a value of 1 or 0 depending on whether or not a route is assigned with a weight.
ip ecmp weighted — enables weighted ECMP calculations. show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 1/1... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol status.
Fields Description Method Displays “Manual” if the configuration is read from the saved configuration. Status States whether the interface is enabled (up) or disabled (administratively down). Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.
longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. list prefix-list (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword list and the name of a configured prefix list. For more information, refer to the show ip route list command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
The weight for weighted ECMP route calculations is displayed for each path in the route in show ip route command. The ECMP weight is displayed only if weighted ECMP is enabled using the ip ecmp weighted command is enabled. If weighted ECMP is disabled, the show ip route command does not show the weighted ECMP route information.
> - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------- C 13.0.0.0/24 Direct, Te 1/17 0/0 00:00:04 Example (With Weighted ECMP Enabled) Dell(conf)#ip route 1.
level-1, L2 - IS-IS level-2, IA - IS-IS inter area, * - candidate default, > - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------- S 1.1.1.0/24 4.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. S6000 Syntax show ip route vrf vrf-name summary Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on the IP routes corresponding to that VRF.
Column Heading Description ospf 100 If routing protocols (OSPF, RIP) are configured and routes are advertised, then information on those routes is displayed. Total 1388 active... Displays the number of active and non-active routes and the memory usage of those routes.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Keyword Definition ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. Dell Networking OS sends an arp request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, Dell Networking OS repeats the request three times.
quench 0 parameter, 0 timestamp, 0 info request, 0 other Sent: 0 redirects, 0 unreachable, 0 echo, 0 echo reply 0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench, 0 timestamp 0 info reply, 0 time exceeded, 0 .
6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. • Total = total packets received • no port = number of packets received with no designated port 0 checksum error.
Field Description 24 data packets retransmitted Displays the number of data packets resent. 355 ack.. Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed. 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent.
24 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. S6000 Syntax clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name ] {* | ipv6-address prefix- length } Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF.
maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) IPv6 routes a VRF can have. S6000 Syntax maximum dynamic-routes—ipv6 limit { warn-threshold threshold-value | warning-only } To remove the limit on the maximum number of IPv6 routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 command.
show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Display the current settings and next-boot settings for cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. Display the cam-ipv6 extended-prefix configuration. S6000 Syntax show cam-ipv6 extended-prefix Defaults None Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
Usage Information You can use this command to enable programming of /128 route prefixes in L3 host table or in LPM table. A warning message is displayed when you enter this command stating that this setting takes effect for existing routes only when IPv6 route prefixes are cleared from the routing table (RTM).
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4810, S4820T, and MXL.. Usage Information Use this command to add, edit, or delete an IPv6 RDNSS address and lifetime value. You can configure up to four IPv6 RDNSS addresses.
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. S6000 Syntax show ipv6 route [ ipv6-address prefix-length ] [vrf vrf-name ] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number ] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name ] .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on S6000–ON 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Field Description Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured. Example (S- Series) Dell#show ipv6 route Codes: C - connected, L - local, S - static, R - RIP, B - BGP, IN - int.
Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 3 0 static 1 0 Total 4 0 Total 4 active route(s) using 928 bytes Dell# IPv6 Basics 829.
25 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Example (Manual Profiles) Dell#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam ACL -- Current Settings(in block sizes) L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 2 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 3 -- Line card 4 -- Current Settings(in block s.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic.
To delete an access list, use the no ipv6 access-list access-list-name command. Parameters access-list- name Enter the access list name as a string, up to 140 characters. cpu-qos Enter the keyword cpu-qos to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only (CoPP).
cam-acl-egress Allocate space for IPv6 egress ACLs. S6000 Syntax cam-acl-egress {default | l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1-4 ipv6acl 0-4 } Parameters default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM .
l2acl Set L2-ACL entries Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl ? <1-4> Number of FP blocks for l2acl Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 ? ipv4acl Set IPV4-ACL entries Dell(conf)#cam-acl-egress l2acl 1 .
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
26 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the S6000 platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. Syntax clns host name nsap Parameters name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping.
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
trigger detail tied to the VRF that you specify. When SPF is triggered, this debugging information is displayed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms,refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters description Enter a description to identify the IS-IS protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv4 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( for IPv6 ) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static for user-configured routing process. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • ROUTER ISIS ( for IPv4 ) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 ( for IPv6 ) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
graceful-restart restart-wait Enable the graceful restart maximum wait time before a restarting peer comes up. Syntax NOTE: Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command. graceful-restart restart-wait seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart restart-wait command.
Parameters interval Enter the keyword interval to set the wait time. The range is from 5 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds . retry-times Enter the keywords retry-times to set the number of times the request interval is extended until a CSNP is received from the helping router.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS hellos are padded to the full maximum transmission unit (MTU) size.
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors ( no ignore-lsp- errors ).
Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
level-2-only You can form a Level 2 adjacencies when other Level 2 or Level 1-2 routers and their interfaces are configured for Level 1-2 or Level 2. Level 1 adjacencies cannot be established on this interface. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2. Defaults seconds = 10 ; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults seconds = 10 ; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults multiplier = 3 ; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [ password ] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryption- type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES.
This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [ value ] [level-1 | level-2] command.
Setting the priority to 0 lowers the chance of this system becoming the DIS, but does not prevent it. If all the routers have priority 0, one with highest MAC address becomes DIS even though its priority is 0. is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router.
log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds . initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation.
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes.
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged.
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3 .
Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command.
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command.
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value ] [metric-type {.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value ] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name ] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps.
metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: • external • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS- IS as Level 1 routes.
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command.
Usage Information Configure a network entity title (the net command) to specify the area address and the router system ID. Enable routing on one or more interfaces to establish adjacencies and establish dynamic routing. You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing.
Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Set the overload bit when a router experiences problems, such as a memory shortage due to an incomplete link state database which can result in an incomplete or inaccurate routing table.
spf-interval level-2 120 20 25 exit-address-family Example (Address- Family_IPv6) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Field Description value between brackets indicates the duration that the purged LSP stays in the database before being removed. ATT This value represents the Attach bit. This value indicates that the router is a Level 2 router and can reach other areas.
Metric: 10 IP 10.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 20 IP 10.3.3.0 255.255.255.0 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1011::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (MT-IPv6) 1511::/64 Metric: 10 IPv6 (.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show isis graceful-restart detail Configured Timer Value ======.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Example Dell#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS Dell# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays information about Level 2 IS-IS neighbors. detail (OPTIONAL) Displays detailed information about neighbors. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Field Description Type This value displays the adjacency type (Layer 2, Layer 2 or both). Priority IS-IS priority the neighbor advertises. The neighbor with highest priority becomes the designated router for the interface. Uptime Displays the interfaces uptime.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Item Description Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran. Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received.
interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 10 seconds . initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first SPF calculations.
are no triggers for two times the maximum interval, fast behavior is restored (the initial wait time). Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 909.
27 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. S6000 Syntax lacp system-priority priority-value Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value.
port-channel-protocol lacp Enable LACP on any LAN port. S6000 Syntax port-channel-protocol lacp To disable LACP on a LAN port, use the no port-channel-protocol lacp command.
counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Defaults Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Dell# Example (Counter) Dell#show lacp 1 counters ---------------------------------------------------- LACP PDU Marker PDU Unknown Illegal Port Xmit Recv Xmit Recv Pkts Rx Pkts Rx ----------------------------------------------------- Te 1/6 200 200 0 0 0 0 Dell# Related Commands clear lacp counters — clears the LACP counters.
28 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The VLAN commands are supported on all the S6000 platform.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second.
output-range interface For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output- range then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Ensure that address resolution protocol (ARP) refreshes the egress interface when a station move occurs due to a topology change. S6000 Syntax [no] mac-address-table station-move refresh-arp Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
station-move- violation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords station-move to allow a station move on learned MAC addresses. Defaults • On S-Series, the default behavior is dynamic. NOTE: “Static” means manually entered addresses, which do not age. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option. To clear statistics on MAC address learning, use the clear counters command with the learning-limit parameter.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs.
Usage Information If you configure mac-learn-limit and the sticky MAC feature is enabled, dynamically learned MAC addresses are converted to sticky for that port. Any new MAC address that is learned also becomes sticky for that port. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays the details of the mac learning-limit.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit. mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state.
Parameters address mac- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address. dynamic (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dynamic to display only those MAC addresses the switch dynamically learns.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Updated the output. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.
Usage Information The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description VlanId Displays the VLAN ID number.
show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch. S6000 Syntax show mac-address-table aging-time [vlan vlan-id ] Parameters vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN.
Parameters violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
Slot/port Limit MAC count MAC count Drops Te 1/1 10 0 0 0 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To return VLAN 1 as the Default VLAN, use this command syntax ( default-vlan- id 1 ). The Default VLAN contains only untagged interfaces.
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. S6000 Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display PVLAN data for the C-Series and S- Series and revised the output to include the Description field to display a user-entered VLAN description.
Column Heading Description • Po = port channel • Gi = gigabit Ethernet • Te = ten-gigabit Ethernet Example Dell#show vlan Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs, P - Primary, C - Community, I -.
Dell#show vlan id 42 Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description Q Ports 42 Active U.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
track ip Track the Layer 3 operational state of a Layer 3 VLAN, using a subset of the VLAN member interfaces. S6000 Syntax track ip interface To remove the tracking feature from the VLAN, use the no track ip interface command.
If the track ip command is not configured, the VLAN's Layer 3 operational state depends on all the members of the VLAN. The Layer 2 state of the VLAN, and hence the Layer 2 traffic, is not affected by the track ip command configuration. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN. In the Default VLAN, you cannot use the no untagged interface command.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
• aggressive : Change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When an interface is placed in an “error- disabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. fefd reset Reset all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
fefd-global interval Configure an interval between FEFD control packets. Syntax fefd-global interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd-global interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets.
Parameters interval seconds Enter the keyword interval followed by the number of seconds to wait between FEFD control packets. Range is from 3 to 300 seconds. Default is 15 seconds. normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords mode normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
show fefd View FEFD status globally or on a specific interface. S6000 Syntax show fefd [ interface ] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Field Description • bi-directional (interface is up, connected and hearing neighbor’s echoes). • err-disabled (only found when FEFD mode is aggressive and when the interface has not hearing its neighbor’s echoes for three times the message interval.
29 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN.
port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if- interface -lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors.
mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. S6000 Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode {tx | rx} command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive .
Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 x hello Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if- interface -lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode.
When you enter the LLDP protocol in the Interface context, it overrides global configurations. When you execute the no protocol lldp from INTERFACE mode, interfaces begin to inherit the configuration from global LLDP CONFIGURATION mode. show lldp neighbors Display LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specified interface.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Omitting the keyword detail displays only the remote chassis ID, Port ID, and Dead Interval.
LLDP-MED Commands The following are the LLDP-MED (Media Endpoint Discovery) commands. Dell Networking OS LLDP-MED commands are an extension of the set of LLDP TLV advertisement commands. The C-Series and S-Series support all commands. The E-Series generally supports the commands.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
30 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems.
Command History Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for association of an IP address with multicast MAC address on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
output-range interface For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output- range then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
31 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries.
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S6000 Syntax clear ip msdp statistic peer peer-address Parameters peer Enter the keyword peer to clear the MSDP peer entries.
Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer.
group, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the mesh-group. However, member X cannot forward the SA message to other members of the mesh-group. ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID.
Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S6000 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [descri.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS counts the SA messages originated by itself and those messages received from the MSDP peers.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. S6000 Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command.
show ip msdp Display the MSDP peer status, SA cache, or peer summary. S6000 Syntax show ip msdp {peer peer address | sa-cache | summary} Parameters peer peer address Enter the keyword peer then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache.
Example (Sa- cache) Dell#show ip msdp sa-cache MSDP Source-Active Cache - 1 entries GroupAddr SourceAddr RPAddr LearnedFrom Expire UpTime 224.1.1.1 172.21.220.10 172.21.3.254 172.21.3.254 102 00:02:52 Dell# Example (Summary) Dell#show ip msdp summary Peer Addr Local Addr State Source SA Up/Down Description 5.
00:00:13 225.1.2.3 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail 00:00:13 225.1.2.4 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail 00:00:13 225.1.2.5 10.1.1.3 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail 00:00:13 225.1.2.6 10.1.1.4 110.1.1.1 13.1.1.2 Rpf-Fail 00:00:13 225.1.2.7 10.1.1.3 110.
32 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S6000 platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MSTP region, the switches must share the same region name (including matching case).
Usage Information MSTP is not enabled when you enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. To enable MSTP globally on the switch, enter the no disable command while in MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. For more information about the multiple spanning tree protocol, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide .
Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information For two MSTP switches to be within the same MST region, the switches must share the same revision number. Related Commands msti — maps the VLAN(s) to an MST instance. name — assigns the region name to the MST region.
max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. S6000 Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. S6000 Syntax show spanning-tree msti [ instance-number [brief]] [guard] Parameters instance- number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63.
hops 5 Current root has priority 16384, Address 0001.e800.0a5c Number of topology changes 0, last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.
Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 We are the root of MSTI 0 (CIST) Current root has priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 CIST regional root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.
Parameters spanning-tree Enter the keywords spanning-tree to enable the MSTP on the interface. Defaults Enable. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 priority priority Enter keyword priority then a value in increments of 16 as the priority.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
33 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (OS) on all S6000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword snooping on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
[ protocol [ process-id | tag ] ip-address ] (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the routing protocols: • Enter the BGP as-number then the IP address in dotted decimal format of the reverse path forwarding (RPF) neighbor.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to limit the number of multicast on the VRF. limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The S-Series range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000 .
Defaults Disabled. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable IP multicast forwarding on that VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
group-address [ source- address ] (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group-address to view only routes associated with that group. Enter the source-address to view routes with that group-address and source-address. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to view the number of multicast routes and packets.
Version Description 8.4.1.1 Support for the keyword snooping and the optional vlan vlan-id , group-address , and source-address parameters were added on E-Series ExaScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Usage Information The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the forwarding entry in the multicast route table. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the multicast forwarding table.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Network administrators use static mroutes to control the reach-ability of the multicast sources.
34 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol.
• Router mode — When a policy with device role as router is applied on an interface, all the RA packets are validated based on the configuration information in the policy. Similarly, you can also apply this mode over any specific VLAN and the validation is performed only for that particular VLAN RA packets.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
Parameters host Enter the keyword host to set the device-role as host. router Enter the keyword router to set the device-role as router. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable —Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To remove a static IPv6 entry from the IPv6 neighbor discovery, use the no ipv6 neighbor [vrf vrf-name ] { ipv6-address } {interface interface } command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install IPv6 routes in that VRF.
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. managed-config-flag Set the managed address configuration flag. Syntax managed-config-flag {on | off} To clear the flag, use the no managed-config-flag {on | off} command. Parameters on Enter the keyword on to set the managed-config-flag value as ON.
Parameters ipv6–access- list name Enter the keywords ipv6–access-list then the access-list name. The access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. ipv6–prefix-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–prefix-list then the prefix-list name. The prefix-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters.
ipv6–mac- access-list name Enter the keywords ipv6–mac-access-list then the mac- access-list name. The mac-access-list name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. other-config-flag Enable the verification of the advertised other configuration parameter.
Parameters value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. Related Commands ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
medium Enter the keyword medium to set the DRP value as medium. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
trusted-port Dell(conf-ra_guard_policy_list)# Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode.
trusted-port Interfaces : Te 1/1 Dell# Related Commands • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd ra-guard policy — Defines the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
trusted-port Allow bypassing the configured RA guard validation and forwards the RA packets received on the interface, which has the trusted port policy attached. Syntax trusted-port To reset the policy applied to the trusted port, use the no trusted-port command.
35 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking, C-Series, E-Series, S- Series, and S4810 platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
the DOWN timer is running when an interface goes down and comes back up, the DOWN timer is cancelled and the client is not notified of the event. If the timer expires and an object’s state has changed, a notification is sent to the client.
show running-config track Display the current configuration of tracked objects. Syntax show running-config track [ object-id ] Parameters object-id (OPTIONAL) Display information on the specified tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.
• track ip route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route. show track Display information about tracked objects, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object.
Output Description route ipv6- address object is Up/ Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route. number changes, last change time Number of times that the state of the tracked object has changed and the time since the last change in hours:minutes:seconds .
2 Interface line-protocol Ethernet0/2 Down 00:05:00 3 Interface ip routing VLAN100 Up 01:10:05 Related Commands • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. • track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface.
interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible. The scaled metric value communicated to a client always considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface by monitoring its operational status (UP or DOWN).
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the UP and/or DOWN threshold of an IPv4 route metric. In order for a route’s metric to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table.
Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefix-len Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format.
track resolution ip route Configure the protocol-specific resolution value used to scale an IPv4 route metric. Syntax track resolution ip route {isis resolution-value | ospf resolution-value } To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command.
• The resolution value used to map RIP routes is not configurable. The RIP hop- count is automatically multiplied by 16 to scale it. For example, a RIP metric of 16 (unreachable) scales to 256, which considers the route to be DOWN.
Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type slot/port , IP route ip-address , IPv6 route ipv6- address Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is being tracked.
2 IPv6 route metric threshold 2040::/64 Up 00:02:36 3 IPv6 route reachability 2050::/64 Up 00:02:36 Related Commands • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. • show track – displays information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object.
Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the routing state of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface: • The status of the IPv6 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address.
When you configure the threshold of an IPv6 route metric as a tracked object, the UP/DOWN state of the tracked route is also determined by the current metric for the route in the routing table. To provide a common tracking interface for different clients, route metrics are scaled in the range 0 to 255, where 0 is connected and 255 is inaccessible.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Use this command to create an object that tracks the reachability of an IPv6 route. In order for a route’s reachability to be tracked, the route must appear as an entry in the routing table.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
36 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
Defaults cost = 1 ; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
database-timer rate-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-timer rate- limit to display the LSA throttling timer information. This applies to the S4810 platform only.
Field Description rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
Example Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 4/3 dst: 224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. S6000 Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command.
distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. S6000 Syntax distance weight [ ip-address mask access-list-name ] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ ip-address mask access-list-name ] command.
distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. S6000 Syntax distance ospf [external dist3 ] [inter-area dist2 ] [intra-area dist1 ] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command.
Usage Information To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command. distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter.
Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on all platforms. Usage Information The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information In OSPF, flooding is the most resource-consuming task.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added support for Multi- Process OSPF.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Restart role enabled on the S-Series (Both Helper and Restart roles now supported on S-Series). Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart.
ip ospf auth-change-wait-time OSPF provides a grace period while OSPF changes its interface authentication type. During the grace period, OSPF sends out packets with new and old authentication scheme until the grace period expires.
Parameters encryption- type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the key. key Enter an eight-character string. Strings longer than eight characters are truncated. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The time interval between the hello packets must be the same for routers in a network.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure a maximum of six digest keys on an interface. Of the available six digest keys, the switches select the MD5 key that is common.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf network Set the network type for the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf network {broadcast | point-to-point} To return to the default, use the no ip ospf network command.
ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command. Parameters number Enter a number as the priority.
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. S6000 Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command.
ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. S6000 Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
If an OSPF process has been selected, it must be disabled prior to assigning new process ID the MIB responsibility. network area Define which interfaces run OSPF and the OSPF area for those interfaces. S6000 Syntax network ip-address mask area area-id To disable an OSPF area, use the no network ip-address mask area area- id command.
Usage Information To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface. NOTE: An interface can be attached only to a single OSPF area. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
• If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passive- interface interface into the running configuration. No passive-interface default • Clear everything and revert to the default behavior. • All previously marked passive interfaces are removed.
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. metric metric- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then the metric- value number.
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance. S6000 Syntax redistribute isis [ tag ] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type type-va.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 3 passive-interface 0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0.
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. S6000 Syntax show ip ospf [ process-id | vrf vrf-name ] asbr Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
NOTE: ASBRs that are not in directly connected areas are also displayed. You can determine if an ASBR is in a directly connected area (or not) by the flags. For ASBRs in a directly connected area, E flags are set. In the following example, router 1.1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
172.16.1.0 13.1.1.1 148 0x8000006d 0x533b 0 Dell> Related Commands show ip ospf database asbr-summary — displays only ASBR summary LSA information. show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 103.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000000f Checksum: 0x8221 Length: 28 Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Field Description Network Mask Displays the network mask implemented on the area. Metrics Type Displays the external type. TOS Displays the Type of Service (TOS) options. Option 0 is the only option. Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router.
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. S6000 Syntax show ip ospf [ process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database network [ link-state-id ] [adv-router ip-address ] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example.
Network (Area 0.0.0.1) LS age: 252 Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
adv-router ip- address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ip- address to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Item Description Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID).
link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view opaque-link LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. S6000 Syntax show ip ospf [ process-id | vrf vrf-name ] database router [ link- state-id ] [adv-router ip-address ] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example.
Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view LSA routing information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Item Description Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor. Example Dell>show ip ospf int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show information corresponding to the OSPF neighbors that are tied to a specific VRF.
20.20.20.1 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Te 1/3 0.0.0.1 Dell# show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. S6000 Syntax show ip ospf [ process-id | vrf vrf-name ] routes Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
• The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. • For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. neighbor router-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword neighbor then the neighbor’s router-id in dotted decimal format (A.
Row Heading Description LSUpd Number of link state update packets. LSAck Number of link state acknowledgement packets. TxQ-Len The transmission queue length. RxQ-Len The reception queue length. Tx-Mark The highest number mark in the transmission queue.
Error Type Description Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow.
RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.4 Packet Statistics Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck RX 5 2 1 3 2 TX 6 5 1 3 3 Timers Hello 0 Wait 0 Grace 0 Dead 39 Transmit 4 Queue Statistics LSU-Q-Len 0 LSU-Q-Wmark 1 LS.
Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• max-interval: 5000 msec Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands Open shortest path first version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the platform.
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non- encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured.
area encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OSPFv3 area. Syntax area area-id encryption ipsec spi number esp encryption- algorithm [key-encryption-type] key authentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted.
key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non- encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
Related Commands ipv6 ospf encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy on an OSPFv3 interface. show crypto ipsec policy – display the configuration of IPsec encryption policies. clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Changed session state to Up for neighbor fe80::201:e8ff:fe8b: 7720 on interface Te 1/2 (diag: NO_DIAG) 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 got BFD msg 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: Bfd Msg Type Up for interface Te 1/2 00:59:45 : OSPFv3INFO: OSPFV3 updating NBR state debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets.
07:21:40 : OSPFv3: Received, Ver:3, Type:1(Hello), Len:40, Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Chksum:af8f, Inst:0, from Te 1/6 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces.
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series. ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface.
Usage Information Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: • Gi.
Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets. ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface.
For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non- encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Syntax ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject To disable the helper-reject role, enter no ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject .
Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router.
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64.
Range: 5 to 86400 seconds. on-startup wait-for-bgp [ wait-time ] Enable the router to announce the maximum metric in OSPF LSAs until the BGP routing table converges with updated routes.
for-bgp Dell(conf-router_ospf)#exit Dell(conf)#show ip ospf Routing Process ospf 10 with ID 100.1.1.1 Virtual router default-vrf Supports only single TOS (TOS0) routes It is an Area Border Router Originating router lsas with maximum metric Time remaining 00:07:07 Condition : On-Startup while BGP is converging for 600 secs.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Enabled, that is sending of routing updates are enabled by default. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Version Description 9.
connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. metric metric- value Enter the keyword metric then the metric value. The range is from 0 to 16777214.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (x:x:x:x::x), use the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate – configures default external route into OSPFv3.
If this command is used on an OSPFv3 process that is already active (has neighbors), all the neighbor adjacencies are brought down immediately and new sessions are initiated with the new router ID. Related Commands clear ipv6 ospf process – resets an OSPFv3 router process.
Policy refcount : 1 Inbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Outbound ESP SPI : 502 (0x1F6) Inbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Outbound ESP Auth Key : 123456789a123456789b123456789c12 Inboun.
Outbound AH SPI Inbound AH Key Outbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Display the IPsec security associations (SAs) used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies. Example Dell#show crypto ipsec policy Dell#show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Interface.
Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic.
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers.
Area 0 database summary Type Count/Status Brd Rtr Count 1 AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 6 Rtr LSA Count 2 Net LSA Count 1 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 1 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Typ.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
Parameters process- number Enter the OSPF process number. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display OSPF neighbors corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, neighbors corresponding to the default VRF are displayed.
37 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Related Commands ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times.
Related Commands • show cam pbr – displays the content of the PBR CAM. • show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. S6000 Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command.
• If you know the filter sequence number, use the no seq sequence-number syntax command. • You can also use the no permit { ip-protocol-number | protocol- type } { source mask | any | host ip-address } { destination mask | any | host ip-address } [ bit ] [operators] command.
Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series Tera Scale.
ip-protocol- number Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: • icmp for internet co.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: • icmp for internet control message protocol • ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent.
destination- port-range Enter the keywords destination-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content. Example Dell#show cam pbr stack-unit 1 port-set 0 TCP Flag: Bit 5 - URG, Bit 4 - ACK, Bit 3 - PSH, Bit 2 - RST, Bit 1 - SYN, Bi.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Example Dell#show ip redirect-list explicit_tunnel IP redirect-list explicit_tunnel: Defined as: seq 5 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp 155.
38 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information This command re-applies the RP mapping logic for all the groups learnt by the node.
Usage Information If you use this command on a local VLT node, all multicast routes from the local PIM TIB, the entire multicast route table, and all the entries in the data plane are deleted. The local VLT node sends a request to the peer VLT node to download multicast routes learned by the peer.
timer [assert | hello | joinprune | register] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword timer to view PIM timers. Enter one of the optional parameters: • assert : to view the assertion timer • hello : to view .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255. The default is zero (0) . Defaults Not configured.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S- Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S- Series. ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced Usage Information The access name is an extended IP access list that denies PIM register packets to RP at the source DR based on the multicast and group addresses. Do not enter this command before creating the access-list.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S- Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Removed the acl-access-list parameter. Modified the max value of S, G entry second range from 86400 to 65535. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.
ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. S6000 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] spt-threshold [infinity] To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] spt- threshold [infinity] command.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Field Description DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. The show ip pim interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces. Example Dell#show ip pim interface Address Interface Ver/ Nbr Query DR DR Mode Count Intvl Prio 165.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim neighbor command shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the PIM neighbor.
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address mask in dotted decimal format to view RP for a specific group. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show ip pim ssm-range Display the non-default groups added using the SSM range feature. S6000 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name ] ssm-range Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Data path event summary: 0 no-cache messages received 0 last-hop switchover messages received 0/0 pim-assert messages sent/received 0/0 register messages sent/received show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB).
Usage Information The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example. Field Description (S, G) Displays the entry in the multicast PIM database. uptime Displays the amount of time the entry has been in the PIM route table.
(*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:40:16, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.
39 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
set ip dscp Configures the Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) value of the packets in the Encapsulated Remote Switched Port Analyzer (ERSPAN) traffic. To revert to the default value, use the no form of this command. dscp_value DSCP value of the packets in the ERSPAN traffic.
Related Command show monitor session — displays the monitor session. show running-config monitor session — displays the running configuration of a monitor session.
show monitor session Display information about monitoring sessions. Syntax show monitor session { session-ID } To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number.
Related Commands monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session.
Related Commands monitor session — creates a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays a monitoring session. source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source.
direction {rx | tx | both} Enter the keyword direction then one of the packet directional indicators. • rx : to monitor receiving packets only. • tx : to monitor transmitting packets only. • both : to monitor both transmitting and receiving packets.
40 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software is supported on the S6000 platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN.
Port Types: • Community port : A community port is a port that belongs to a community VLAN and is allowed to communicate with other ports in the same community VLAN and with promiscuous ports. • Isolated port : An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Related Commands private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community , isolated , or primary .
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
trunk Enter the keyword trunk to configure the selected port or port channel as a trunk port in a PVLAN. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
41 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S6000 platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line.
Version Description pre- 7.7.1.1 Introduced. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. S6000 Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst – enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. S6000 Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command.
Usage Information After you enable PVST+, the device runs an STP instance for each VLAN it supports. Related Commands disable — disables PVST+. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional guard keyword was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale.
----------------------------------------------------- Te 1/0 Root 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P No Te 1/1 Altr 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P No Te 1/16 Desg 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Te 1/17 Desg 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 P2P Yes Example Dell#show spanning-tree pvst vlan 2 VLAN 2 Root Identifier has priority 4096, Address 0001.
Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ----------------------------------------------------------- Te 1/1 128.
Parameters edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a PVST+ edge port. bpduguard Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
When used in a PVST+ network, loop guard is performed per-port or per-port channel at a VLAN level. If no BPDUs are received on a VLAN interface, the port or port-channel transitions to a Loop-Inconsistent (blocking) state only for this VLAN.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Some non-Dell Networking systems which have hybrid ports participating in PVST+ transmit two kinds of BPDUs: an 802.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for PVST+.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. Related Commands vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
42 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. service-class bandwidth-percentage Specify a minimum bandwidth for queues.
POLICY-OUT mode supersedes the service-class bandwidth-percentage command. service-class dot1p-mapping Configure a service-class criterion based on a dot1p value.
Defaults • dot1p Priority: 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue: 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue .
Version The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
dot1p Queue ID 5 5 6 6 7 7 Command Modes • INTERFACE • CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
bandwidth-percentage Assign a percentage of weight to the class/queue. S6000 Syntax bandwidth-percentage percentage To remove the bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidth-percentage command. Parameters percentage Enter the percentage assignment of bandwidth to the class/ queue.
S6000 Syntax [No] buffer-stats-snapshot To disable the buffer statistics tracking utility, enter the disable command from the BUFFER-STATS-SNAPSHOT mode. Default By default, buffer statistics tracking is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.
match-any Determines how packets are evaluated when multiple match criteria exist. Enter the keywords match-any to determine that the packets must meet at least one of the match criteria in order to be a member of the class. class-map- name Enter a name of the class for the class map in a character format (32 character maximum).
match ip precedence — identifies the IP precedence values as match criteria. match ip dscp — configures the match criteria based on the DSCP value. match mac access-group — configures a match criterion for a class map based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL.
Related Commands show qos statistics — displays the QoS statistics. description Add a description to the selected policy map or QoS policy. S6000 Syntax description { description } To remove the description, use the no description { description } command.
match ip access-group Configure match criteria for a class map, based on the access control list (ACL). NOTE: IPv6 class-maps and IP-any class-maps do not match.
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match ip dscp Use a differentiated services code point (DSCP) value as a match criteria. S6000 Syntax match {ip | ipv6 | ip-any} dscp dscp-list.
Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. The match ip dscp and match ip precedence commands are mutually exclusive. Up to 64 IP DSCP values can be matched in one match statement.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command.
match mac vlan Configure a match criterion for a class map based on VLAN ID. S6000 Syntax match mac vlan number Parameters number Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information To assign traffic to different flows using QoS policy, use the Output Policy map.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the input QoS policy. Once input policy is specified, rate-police can be defined.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy. Once output policy is specified, rate-shape, scheduler strict, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb. If a different value is required, you must configure the burst size to the required value.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy.
NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The service-policy input policy-map-name command and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map.
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. S6000 Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name ] [qos-policy qos-policy-name ] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name ] [qos-policy qos-policy-name ] command.
Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value.
Parameters class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
7 c7 q7 Dell# Example (Summary IPv4) Dell#sho qos policy-map summary Interface policy-map-input policy-map-output Te 4/1 PM1 - Te 4/2 PM2 PMOut Dell# show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details.
Queue# Class-map-name Qos-policy-name 0 ClassMap1 qosPolicyInput Dell# show qos policy-map-output View the output QoS policy map details. S6000 Syntax show qos policy-map-output [ policy-map-name ] [qos-policy-output qos-policy-name ] Parameters policy-map- name Enter the policy map name.
show qos qos-policy-input View the input QoS policy details. S6000 Syntax show qos qos-policy-input [ qos-policy-name ] Parameters qos-policy- name Enter the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell#show qos wred-profile Wred-profile-name min-threshold max-threshold max-drop- rate wred_drop 0 0 100 wred_teng_y 467 4671 100 wred_ten.
Usage Information You can configure all the data queues. For S6000, you can configure queues 0-7. The following table describes the mapping between the threshold weight of the shared buffer on the que.
port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1. stack-unit all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit all to indicate all stack-unit. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface.
To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360. min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile.
Related Commands wred-profile — creates a WRED profile. trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S6000 Syntax trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} Parameters diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings.
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedenc e S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 111XXX Network Control 7 3 48–63 110XXX Internetwo rk Control 6 .
Defaults When WRED green is applied, default WRED yellow profiles take effect and vice- versa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information When you enable wred ecn , and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT mode Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3.0.0 Introduced on the S6000 and Z9000 platforms Usage Information If the average queue size is more than the maximum threshold of WRED, the packet is dropped.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Use the default pre-defined profiles or configure your own profile.
peak-rate Define the peak rate, which is the guaranteed or minimum confirmed rate for the packets. Specify this value as a multiple of 64 if you specify the peak rate in Kbps. The range is from 0 to 40000000 for Kbps. The range is from 1 to 268000000 for pps.
rate-shape kbps command, it denotes the metric for peak and committed rate attributes). Similarly, if you use the rate-shape pps option , it denotes the metric for peak rate and committed rate attributes.
string Enter the WRED profile name. It is a string of up to 32 characters. Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. This parameter applies only if you specify a weight factor.
available bandwidth or drop the packet due to no ability to send. Traffic marked as red (high drop precedence) is dropped. dscp Sets the number of specific DSCP values for a color map profile to yellow or red. Syntax dscp {yellow | red} [ list-dscp-values ] To remove a color policy map profile, use the no dscp {yellow | red} [ dscp-list ] command.
• A DSCP value cannot be in both the yellow and red lists. Setting the red or yellow list with any DSCP value that is already in the other list results in an error and no update to that list is made.
Related Commands qos dscp-color-map — associates the DSCP color map profile with an interface so that all IP packets received on it is given a color based on that color map dscp — sets the number of specific DSCP values for color map profile to yellow or red.
show qos dscp-color-policy Display DSCP color policy configuration for one or all interfaces. Syntax show qos dscp-color-policy {summary [ interface ] | detail { interface }} Parameters summary Enter the summary keyword to display summary information about a color policy on one or more interfaces.
Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Related Commands — Displays DSCP color maps show qos dscp-color-map show qos dscp-color-map Display the DSCP color map for one or all interfaces. Syntax show qos dscp-color-map map-name Parameters map-name Enter the name of the color map.
43 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S6000 platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058.
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. S6000 Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metric- value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value.
To return the default metric to the original values, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1 . Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter a configured prefix list name. Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. S6000 Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters 1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 1 for RIP version 1. 2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When a neighbor router is identified, unicast data exchanges occur. Multiple neighbor routers are possible.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can enable an unlimited number of RIP networks. RIP operates over interfaces configured with any address the network command specifies.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable RIP, assign a network address using the network command.
Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-router_rip)#show config ! router rip network 172.31.0.0 passive-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_rip)# show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns.
Usage Information The following describes the show ip rip database command shown in the following example. Field Description Total number of routes in RIP database Displays the number of RIP routes stored in the RIP database. 100.10.10.0/24 directly connected Lists the routes directly connected.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
holddown Enter the number of seconds to specify a time interval during which the route is marked as unreachable but still sending RIP packets. The holddown value should be at least three times the update timer value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295.
version Specify either RIP version 1 or RIP version 2. S6000 Syntax version {1 | 2} To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2.
44 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S6000 platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
rising- threshold value event-number Enter the keywords rising-threshold then the value (64 bit) the rising-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the rising threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmRisingEventIndex or alarmTable of the RMON MIB.
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. S6000 Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON alarm table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
11 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 12 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 13 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 14 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 15 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 16 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 17 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 18 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 19 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 20 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 21 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 22 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 Dell# show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell(conf)#rmon event 111 -> Default case Dell(conf)#rmon event 112 log -> Only “log” option Dell(conf)#rmon event 113.
21 21 22 22 Dell# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table. S6000 Syntax show rmon hc-alarm [ index ] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON High-Capacity alarm table in an easy-to-read format.
alarm falling threshold value: positive. falling threshold: 999, RMON event index: 6 alarm sampling failed 0 times. alarm owner: 1 alarm storage type: non-volatile. alarm status: OK Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm brief index SNMP OID ---------------------------------- 1 1.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon history 6001 RMON history control entry 6001 interface: ifIndex.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ---------------------------.
45 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges.
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. Related Commands protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command.
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command.
Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds . milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information.
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display the port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show spanning-tree rstp guard command shown in the following example.
- ---- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------- Te 1/1 128.257 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e801.6aa8 128.257 Interface Name Role PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Link-type Edge --- ------ -------- ---- ------- --- ------- --------- ---- Te 1/1 ErrDis 128.
• Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000 • Port Channel with two 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 18000 • Port Channel with two 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 1800 • Port Channel with two 100 Mbps Ethernet = 180000 edge-port Enter the keywords edge-port to configure the interface as a rapid spanning tree edge port.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
46 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software.
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4280T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
If the RADIUS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured Radius servers are used for the purposes. When the RADIUS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed. Example show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user.
Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Usage Information By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEC- level command checking.
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command } To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command.
Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys.
Related Commands show running-config — Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. service password-encryption — Encrypts all passwords configured in the system. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login { method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-list- name Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information By default, the locally configured username password is used.
Parameters access-list- name Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router.
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — controls access to the command modes within the switch. enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. Syntax enable restricted [ encryption-type ] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command.
enable secret Change the password for the enable command. Syntax enable secret [level level ] [ encryption-type ] password To delete a password, use the no enable secret [ encryption-type ] password [level level ] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access.
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters min-length number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords min-length then the number of characters. The range is from 0 to 32 characters. max-retry number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-retry then the number of maximum password retries. The range is from 0 to 16.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines.
To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords.
show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch. Syntax show users [all] Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Role Priv Host(s) Location * 0 console 0 unassigned 1 idle 2 vty 0 admin unassigned 1 idle 10.16.127.35 3 vty 1 ad unassigned 15 idle 10.16.127.145 4 vty 2 ad1 sysadmin 1 idle 10.16.127.141 5 vty 3 ad1 sysadmin 1 idle 10.16.127.145 6 vty 4 admin unassigned 1 idle 10.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
available with the secret option only, and is the default encryption type for this option. password Enter a string up to 32 characters long. privilege level Enter the keyword privilege then a number from zero (0) to 15. role role-name Enter the keyword role followed by the role name to associate with that user ID.
RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting. Syntax debug radius To disable debugging of RADIUS, use the no debug radius command. Defaults Disabled.
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
! radius-server group group1 radius-server vrf vrf1 source-interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/36 radius-server host 1.1.1.1 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 radius-server host 2.2.2.2 key 7 9a2f3ec0c65c6f41 Dell(conf-radius-group)# Related Commands login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in.
• 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Configure this parameter last because leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • RADIUS SERVER GROUP • CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
that are configured in the CONFIGURATION mode are also considered to be on the default VRF. You must configure the RADIUS group explicitly with the aaa radius group command in order for the AAA servers to use the group of RADIUS servers. The 802.1x servers use the group of RADIUS servers based on the VRF where the 802.
• For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes RADIUS SERVER GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters encryption- type (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero ( 0 ) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between an unsuccessful attempt and the Dell Networking OS times out. The range is from zero (0) to 1000 seconds. The default is 5 seconds . Defaults 5 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Related Commands aaa authentication login — specifies the login authentication method. tacacs-server key — configures a TACACS+ key for the TACACS server.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times.
key Enter a text string, up to 42 characters long, as the clear text password. Leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication. Important Points to Remember Dell Networking OS limits network access for certain users by using VLAN assignments.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface.
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-auth- bypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out.
Parameters force- authorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. force- unauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de- authorize a port.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30 . Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Syntax show dot1x interface interface Parameters interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: NONE Mac-Auth-Bypass: Disable Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Disable Tx Period: 30 seconds Quiet Period: 60 seconds ReAuth Max: 2 Supplicant Timeout: 30 seconds Server Timeout: 30 secon.
crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys.
Usage Information The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server ( ip ssh server enable ), the keys are automatically generated. This command requires user interaction and generates a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys.
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client.
Defaults The internal flash ( flash: ) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbased- authentication for SSHv2 server.
ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. Syntax ip ssh key-size 512-869 Parameters 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768 . Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
poclab4,123.12.1.123 ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAox/ QQp8xYhzOxn07yh4VGPAoUfgKoieTHO9G4sNV+ui +DWEc3cgYAcU5Lai1MU2ODrzhCwyDNp05tKBU3t ReG1o8AxLi6+S4hyEMqHzkzBFNVqHzpQc +Rs4p2urzV0F4pRKnaXdHf3Lk4D460HZRhhVrxqeNxPDpEn WIMPJi0ds= ashwani@poclab4 NOTE: For rhostfile and pub-key-file , the administrator must FTP the file to the chassis.
Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
added to the list of authorized keys ( ip ssh rsa-authentication my- authorized-keys device://filename command). ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. SSH server is enabled by default. S6000 Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
mac hmac- algorithm Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication.
[version {1 | 2}] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword version then the SSH version 1 or 2 to specify only SSHv1 or SSHv2. NOTE: If you enable FIPS mode, you can only select version 2. Defaults • Default listening port is 22 . • Default cipher list is 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128- ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr.
Example Dell# conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 Dell(conf)# ip ssh server enable Dell# Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. ip ssh server vrf Configure an SSH server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
following command to restart the SSH server on the default VRF: ip ssh server vrf . Example • Dell(conf)#ip ssh server vrf vrf1 • Dell(conf)#no ip ssh server vrf • Dell(conf)#ip ssh server vrf management • Dell(conf)#no ip ssh server vrf Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information.
Usage Information The source-interface interface attribute is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Using these attributes the client session tags an error to the user during run time, in case there is a mismatch between this command and the ip ssh vrf command.
show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show crypto key mypubkey {rsa | rsa1} Parameters Key Enter the keyword key to display the host public key.
Dell#show crypto key mypubkey rsa ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAAAgQC9IYgcUcc8wQm+5KUQgW/ zAs8V5STalGq4/+S+6H9axpQnA+A0xweeo5iR5hvPP6Vc+HS+uWoQH +VOJ8H5Jxsm347XnYv/gpSqhgjZ/C5UwFiucVkVfYu8RDcJVIuQhLvPEebIF5Q +sD8K89MXU90MAS/UdoiJZSOIlbaCuSTW1Q== Dell# Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys.
Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 2 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 4 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 * 5 aes128-cbc hmac-md5 10.16.127.141 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh server — configures an SSH server.
yLPI5eehQTyaldRPHtGyPlcmMbCH +QJkqtyiwDPmH4njyDMYDCXY85vc55ibWsN9qalagklnh2cj2q4nYj5x8+8OOhY eFPaHiygd8U/FXict61jWs84Co1UTsAgRzDJ9aUSS75TVac= root@dt-maa-li nux-1.
4qJAoBwtneOXfLBcHF3V2hcMIqaZN+CRCnw/ zCMlnCf0+qVTd1oofsea5r09kS0xTp0CNfHXZ3NuGCq9Ov33m9+U9tMwhS8vy8A VxdH4x4km3c3t5Jvc= freedom@poclab4 Dell# Related Commands ip ssh rsa-authentication (Config) — configures the RSA authorized keys.
"no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. This comment is applicable for both ciphers & HMAC algorithms: • 3des-cbc : Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP Snooping globally.
Parameters mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094. ip ip-address Enter the keyword ip then the IP address that the server is leasing.
ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID.
1. Locally define a system administrator user role.This will give you access to login with full permissions even if network connectivity to remote authentication servers is not available. 2. Configure login authentication on the console. This ensures that all users are properly identified through authentication no matter the access point 3.
command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or more keywords. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin Related Commands userrole , username, privilege show userroles Display information on all defined user roles.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Usage Information Instead of using the system defined user roles, you can create a new user role that best matches your organization.
47 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocol- tunnel command. Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN.
Parameters stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value. Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information Dell Networking OS must have the default CAM profile with the default microcode before you enable L2PT.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
1001 LLDP,GVRP Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1002 MMRP,MVRP Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1003 LACP,DOT1X Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1004 OAM,PAUSE Te 5/7,Te 5/6 1005 E-LMI Te 5/7,Te 5/6 Example (Specific VLAN) Dell#show protocol-tunnel vlan 2 S.
48 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector.
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. Syntax sflow collector { ip-address | ipv6-address } agent-addr { ip- address | ipv6-address } [ number [max-datagr.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale.
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Example Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
Related Commands sflow polling-interval (Interface) — sets the polling interval for an interface. sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command.
sflow sample-rate (Global) Change the global default sampling rate. Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command.
sflow sample-rate (Interface) Change the interface default sampling rate. Syntax sflow sample-rate value To return to the default sampling rate, use the no sflow sample-rate command. Parameters value Enter the sampling rate value. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 256 to 8388608 packets.
show sflow Display the current sFlow configuration. Syntax show sflow [ interface ] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the following example always displays a value of zero. Example Dell#show sflow sFlow services are enabled E.
49 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog.
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example Dell#show snmp user User name: v1v2creadu E.
to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !------command run on Dell Networkingswitch: --------------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !------command run on server connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Dell(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.
Version Description E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. Syntax snmp-server enable traps [ notification-type ] [ notification- option ] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [ notification- type ] [ notification-option ] command.
• linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID ] [remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port port-number engineID ] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects. A user’s password (entered on the command line) is converted to a message digest algorithm (MD5) or secure hash algorithm (SHA) security digest.
• 2c allows transmission of informs and counter 64, which allows for integers twice the width of what is normally allowed. The default is 1 . auth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword auth to specify authentication of a packet without encryption. noauth (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword noauth to specify no authentication of a packet.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example specifies the group named harig as a version 3 user requiring both authentication and encryption and read access limited to the read named rview .
NOTE: You can use this attribute to inform the SNMP engine about the vrf instance to be used to reach the corresponding remote host to send Trap or Inform message. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used. traps (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword traps to send trap notifications to the specified host.
• envmon — Enable SNMP environmental monitor traps. • eoam — Enable EOAM state change traps • ets — Enable ets traps • fips — Enable FIP Snooping state change traps • lacp — Enable LACP state change traps.
trap types are enabled for the host. If you do not enter an snmp-server host command, no notifications are sent. In order to enable multiple hosts, issue a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types in the command for each host.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF this is used to connect to the SNMP server. NOTE: Use this attribute to specify a VRF name that is used to connect to the remote host. If no VRF is specified, then the default VRF is used.
access access- list-name (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access- list-name (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). access-list- name ipv6 access-list- name (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name.
Example Dell# snmp-server user privuser v3group v3 encrypted auth md5 9fc53d9d908118b2804fe80e3ba8763d priv des56 d0452401a8c3ce42804fe80e3ba8763d Usage Information The following command is an example of how to enter a plain-text password as the string authpasswd for user authuser of group v3group .
priv-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent and to decrypt the contents of the message it receives from the agent. Minimum: eight characters long.
included (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword included to include the MIB family in the view. excluded (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword excluded to exclude the MIB family in the view. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Not Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information If the interface is expected to flap during normal usage, you could disable this command. Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches.
Related Commands show logging — displays logging settings and system messages in the internal buffer. clear logging auditlog Clears audit log. Syntax clear logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console.
Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging trap — limit messages logged to the Syslog servers based on severity.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Added udp and tcp keywords for the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF.
informational , or debugging . The default is 7 or debugging . size (OPTIONAL) Indicate the size, in bytes, of the logging buffer. The number of messages buffered depends on the size of each message. The range is from 40960 to 524288. The default is 40960 bytes .
To return to the default values, use the default logging console command. To disable logging to the console, use the no logging console command. Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies , alerts , critical , errors , warnings , notifications , informational , or debugging .
logging extended Logs security and audit events to a system log server. Syntax logging extended Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
• auth (authorization system) • cron (Cron/at facility) • deamon (system deamons) • kern (kernel) • local0 (local use) • local1 (local use) • local2 (local use) • local3 (local use) .
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging — enables logging to a Syslog server.
Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer.
logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. Syntax logging monitor [ level ] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command.
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command.
logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server. Syntax logging source-interface interface To disable this command and return to the default setting, use the no logging source-interface command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Syslog messages contain the IP address of the interface used to egress the router.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
The following describes the two supported log messages formats: • 0 – Displays syslog messages format as described in RFC 3164, The BSD syslog Protocol • 1 – Displays SYSLOG message format as .
reverse (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO (first in, first out) order. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs.
Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.4.1.3 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.1.1.4 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.1.1.6 Up Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Neighbor 192.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging parameters on the monitor/terminal. Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog 1523.
50 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID <oid> RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD SNMP NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %RAM-6-RPM_STATE: RPM0 is in Standby State CHM_RPM_DOWN ENVMON NONE %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - hard reset %CHMGR-2-RPM_DOWN: RPM 0 down - card removed CHM_RPM_PRI.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %CHMGR-1-MINOR_PS: Minor alarm: power supply non- redundant CHM_MIN_ALARM_PS_CLR ENVMON SUPPLY %CHMGR-5-MINOR_PS_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: power supply redundant CHM_M.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option CHM_MIN_FANBAD_CLR ENVMON FAN For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_OK: Minor alarm cleared: all fans in fan tray %d are good For E600 and E300: %CHMGR-5-FANOK: Minor alarm cleared:.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option %RPM1-P:RP2 %VRRP-3-VRRP_BAD_AUTH: vrid-1 on Gi 11/12 rcvd pkt with authentication failure VRRP_GO_MASTER PROTO NONE %VRRP-6-VRRP_MASTER: vrid-%d on %s entering MASTER.
51 Stacking All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking operating software. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. Usage Information Enabling this command keeps the failed switch in the Failed state.
redundancy protocol Enable hitless failover for a protocol. Syntax redundancy protocol Protocols lacp Enter the LACP protocol xstp Enter one of the following protocols: STP, RSTP, MSTP, PVST. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the hard reset option. Usage Information Resetting the management unit is not allowed, and an error message displays if you try to do so.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
show system stack-ports Display information about the stacking ports on all switches in the stack. Syntax show system stack-ports [status | topology] Parameters status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the command output without the Connection field.
2/4 5/120 42 up up 5/4 0/4 42 up up 5/12 2/4 42 up up Example (Status) Dell#show system stack-ports status Topology: Ring Interface Link Speed Admin Link (Gb/s) Status Status -------------------------.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Related Commands • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the status of all stack members or a specific member.
NOTE: Any scripts used to streamline the stacking configuration process must be updated to reflect the Command Mode change from EXEC Privilege to CONFIGURATION to allow the scripts to work correctly. upgrade system stack-unit Copy the boot image or Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
Related Commands • reload — reboots Dell Networking OS. • reset stack-unit — resets the designated stack member. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) — displays the status of all stack members or a specific member. • show version — displays the current Dell Networking OS version information on the system.
52 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S- Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS.
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. Syntax show storm-control broadcast [ interface ] Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces .
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number.
To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the storm-control broadcast [ percentage decimal_value in | out] | [wred-profile name]] [ packets_per_second in] command. Parameters percentagedeci mal_value in | out Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network.
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). Syntax storm-control broadcast [ packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [ packets_per_second in] command.
Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if- interface-slot/port ) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
53 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs.
Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp , pvst , or rstp . all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
description Enter a description of the spanning tree. Syntax description { description } To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description { description } command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum).
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode.
Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display.
Parameters 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a synopsis of the spanning tree group configuration information.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier.
Topology change flag set, detected flag set Number of topology changes 1 last change occurred 0:00:05 ago from TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 Timers:hold 1, topology change 35 hello 2, max age 20, forward_del.
Field Description Instance STP 0 instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut).
portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on- viol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
STP loop guard and root guard are supported on a port or port-channel enabled in any Spanning Tree mode: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), and Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).
54 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host.
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm.
To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summer- time command. Parameters time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency. packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command.
Parameters multicast- address (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, Z9000, and Z9500. ntp server Configure an NTP time-serving host.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure multiple time-serving hosts .
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Added options [ 0 | 7 ] for entering the authentication key. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The following describes the show ntp associations command shown in the Example below.
* master (synced), # master (unsynced), + selected, - candidate Dell# Related Commands show ntp status — displays the current NTP status. show ntp vrf associations Displays the NTP servers configured for the VRF instance <vrf-name>. Syntax show ntp [vrf] <vrf-name> associations.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Related Commands show ntp associations — displays information on the NTP master and peer configurations. 1584 System Time and Date.
55 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. . Syntax tunnel mode { ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip }[ decapsulate-any ] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel.
configure any tunnel allow-remote entries, the tunnel—mode command fails unless the decapsulate-any option is included. Configuration of IPv6 commands over decapsulate-any tunnel causes an error.
allows the multipoint receive-only tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets addressed to any IPv4 or IPv6 (depending on the tunnel mode) address configured on the switch that is operationally Up . tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts.
When configuring tunnel keepalive at both end points of a tunnel interface it is recommended to set the tunnel keepalive target to the logical IPv4 or IPv6 address of the far end tunnel peer, rather than to the tunnel destination. This reduces the chance of both ends of the tunnel staying in keepalive down state.
This command fails if the address family entered does not match the outer header address family of the tunnel mode, tunnel source, or any other tunnel allow- remote. If you configure any allow-remote , the tunnel source or tunnel mode commands fail if the outer header address family does not match that of the configured allow- remote.
A value of 0 copies original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. tunnel flow-label Configure the method to set the IPv6 flow label value in the outer tunnel header.
Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000.
ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type interface-number} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command.
ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Syntax ipv6 unnumbered {interface-type interface-number} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ipv6 unnumbered command.
NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from the one of the address family.
56 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software supports this feature on Dell Networking OS.
dei enable Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. Syntax dei enable Defaults Packets are colored green; no packets are dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Instroduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Usage Information WARNING: The following message displays to confirm the command: All non-default configurations on the related member ports ports (<ports listed here>) will be removed.
vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
M Te 1/18 M Te 1/6 Dell# vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts.
Parameters number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100 . Defaults 0x9100 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlan- stack trunk command.
Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, a VLAN-Stack trunk port is also allowed to be configured as a tagged port and as an untagged port for single- tagged VLANs. When the VLAN-Stack trunk port is also a member of an untagged VLAN, the port must be in Hybrid mode.
Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-te-3/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface TenGigabitethernet 5/1 Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-5/1)#portmode hybrid Dell(conf-if-te-5.
57 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. ip unknown-unicast Enable IPv4 catch-all route. S6000 Syntax ip unknown-unicast [vrf vrf-name ] To remove the IPv4 catch-all route (0.
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. S6000 Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Usage Information Use this command to specify a descriptive name for a VRF. ip vrf forwarding Enables you to attach an interface to a VRF. Syntax ip vrf forwarding { vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding { vrf-name | management} command.
Example Dell#configure terminal Dell(conf)#ip vrf red Dell(conf-vrf)#description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)#show config ! ip vrf red 4 description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/45)#int te 7/46 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#no shut Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#ip vrf forwarding red Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#ip add 100.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. Usage Information You can use the ip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute to export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF.
NOTE: You must use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM. Route-maps enable you to filter routes at the import end based on the matching criteria that you define in the route-map. Defaults N/A Command Modes CONFIGURATION VRF MODE Command History Version Description 9.
Defaults N/A Command Modes VRF MODE CONFIGURATION Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. Usage Information You can use the ip route-export tag command without specifying the route-map attribute to export all the routes corresponding to a source VRF.
number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF. route-map- name Enter the name of the route-map to filter the imported routes. NOTE: You must use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM.
static Enter the keyword static to leak or share static routes corresponding to the VRF. Defaults N/A Command Modes ROUTE MAP MODE Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. Usage Information You can specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000– ON, and Z9500. Related Commands ip route-import – imports routes from another VRF. interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF.
To remove the limit on the maximum number of routes used, use the no maximum dynamic-routes command. Parameters limit Maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF. Valid range is from 1 to 16,000 (or maximum allowable for that platform if smaller value).
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
58 VLT Proxy Gateway The Virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a L3 end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration.
proxy-gateway static Enables the proxy-gateway feature using static configurations. S6000 Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000.
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
Version Description 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information The VLT port channel interface which is connecting to the remote VLT domain must be configured as peer-domain-link. Configure the VLANs that needs to be excluded from VLT Proxy Gateway.
vlt-peer-mac transmit Enables the device to transmit, the peer's MAC address along with its own mac-address in the LLDP TLV packets, to the remote VLT Domain. S6000 Syntax [no] vlt-peer-mac transmit Command Modes VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Command History Version Description 9.
Usage Information At any point of time the proxy-gateway feature may go operationally down for the following reasons, 1) LLDP globally disabled 2) LLDP disabled per port 3) VLT port-channel is down 4).
59 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core.
interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/IPV4. If not configured, peer-routing will not be disabled at all even though the peer is unavailable.
Parameters value To configure the primary role on a VLT peer, enter a lower value than the priority value of the remote peer. The range is from 1 to 65535.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example Dell_VLTpeer1# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------- Destination: 10.11.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac , the output displays all of the counters.
show vlt detail Displays detailed status information about VLT domains currently configured on the switch. Syntax show vlt detail Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
---------- ----- ----- Unit-ID 0 1 Vlan-config ------------ Vlan-ID Local Mode Peer Mode ------- ---------- --------- 100 -- L3 Vlan IPV4 Multicast Status -------------------------- Vlan-ID Local Stat.
show vlt private-vlan Display the private VLAN (PVLAN) associated with the VLT LAG for VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------- Info Pkt.
Example Dell_VLTpeer1#show vlt statistics igmp-snoop VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------- IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Reques.
Usage Information When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations. Use the unit-id command to explicitly configure the unit ID of a VLT peer.
vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device. Syntax vlt-peer-lag port-channel id-number Parameters id-number Enter the respective vlt port-channel number of the peer device.
60 Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) Virtual Extensible LAN (VXLAN) is supported on Dell Networking OS. feature vxlan Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform. Syntax feature vxlan To disable the VXLAN, use the no feature vxlan command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. fail-mode Configures failure-mode on the platform. Syntax fail-mode secure To disable the fail-mode secure , use the no fail-mode secure command.
Parameters instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Usage Information You must disable vxlan-instance before unconfiguring VAP. Related Commands feature vxlan — Enable VXLAN configuration globally on the platform. max_backoff Configures time to wait between connection attempts with controller. Syntax max_backoff time Parameters time Enter the time in milliseconds.
Command Modes VXLAN INSTANCE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance Displays information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway.
show running-config vxlan Displays the configuration information of the VXLAN on S6000. Syntax show running-config vxlan Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Example Dell# show vxlan vxlan-instance <1> unicast-mac-local Total Local Mac Count: 5 VNI MAC PORT VLAN 4656 00:00:02:00:03:00 Te 0/17 0 4.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. Example Dell#show vxlan vxlan-instance 1 statistics interface fortyGigE 1/4 100 Port : Fo 1/4 Vlan : 100 Rx Packets : 13 Rx Bytes : 1317 Tx Packets : 13 Tx Bytes : 1321 Related Commands vxlan-instance - Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform.
Related Commands vxlan-instance — Enable VXLAN Instance configuration on the platform. show vxlan vxlan-instance logical network Displays logical network information related to Network Virtualization Overlay (NVO) Gateway. Syntax show vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID logical-network [name name ] Parameters instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID.
clear vxlan vxlan-instance statistics Syntax clear vxlan vxlan-instance instance ID statistics Parameters instance ID Enter the VXLAN instance ID. The platform supports only the instance ID 1 in the initial release. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
61 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on Dell Networking OS. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes. timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. Syntax hold-time { seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command.
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show config vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Item Description Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. Example (Brief) Dell>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description---------------------------------------------------- -------- Te 1/37 1 100 Y Master 200.
Item Description Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is, the authentication type and the password are listed.
addr(s) Description --------------------------------------------------------------- ----------------------------------- Te 1/0 IPv4 20 100 Y Master 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.2 Dell# track Monitor an interface and lower the priority value of the VRRP group on that interface if it is disabled.
virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [ ... ip-address12 ] To delete one or more virtual IP addresses, use the no virtual-address ip- address1 [ .
A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command. To guarantee that a VRRP group becomes MASTER, configure the VRRP group’s virtual address with the same IP address as the interface’s primary IP address and change the priority of the VRRP group to 255.
vrrp delay reload Set the delay time for VRRP initialization after a system reboot. Syntax vrrp delay reload seconds Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the delay. The range is from 0 to 900 (0 indicates no delay). Defaults 0 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vrrp-id Enter a number as the group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide .
Defaults 2 Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide . The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups. Syntax clear counters vrrp ipv6 [ vrid | vrf vrf-name ] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of an IPv6 VRRP group.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port- channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID.
show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group . Syntax show vrrp ipv6 [ vrid ] [ interface ] [brief] [vrf vrf-name ] Parameters vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group.
Line Beginning with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is no sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. VRF VRF instance to which the interface (on which the VRRP group is configured) belongs.
Example Dell#show vrrp ipv6 ------------------ TenGigabitEthernet 5/6, IPv6 VRID: 255, Version: 3, Net: fe80::201:e8ff:fe7a:6bb9 VRF: 0 default-vrf State: Master, Priority: 101, Master: fe80::201:e8ff.
• When VRF microcode is loaded in CAM, the VRID for a VRRP group is equal to 16 times the vrrp-group or vrrp-ipv6-group vrid number plus the ip vrf vrf-id number. For example, if VRF microcode is loaded and VRRP group 10 is configured in VRF 2, the VRID used for the VRRP group is (16 x 10) + 2, or 162.
Een belangrijk punt na aankoop van elk apparaat Dell 9.7(0.0) (of zelfs voordat je het koopt) is om de handleiding te lezen. Dit moeten wij doen vanwege een paar simpele redenen:
Als u nog geen Dell 9.7(0.0) heb gekocht dan nu is een goed moment om kennis te maken met de basisgegevens van het product. Eerst kijk dan naar de eerste pagina\'s van de handleiding, die je hierboven vindt. Je moet daar de belangrijkste technische gegevens Dell 9.7(0.0) vinden. Op dit manier kan je controleren of het apparaat aan jouw behoeften voldoet. Op de volgende pagina's van de handleiding Dell 9.7(0.0) leer je over alle kenmerken van het product en krijg je informatie over de werking. De informatie die je over Dell 9.7(0.0) krijgt, zal je zeker helpen om een besluit over de aankoop te nemen.
In een situatie waarin je al een beziter van Dell 9.7(0.0) bent, maar toch heb je de instructies niet gelezen, moet je het doen voor de hierboven beschreven redenen. Je zult dan weten of je goed de alle beschikbare functies heb gebruikt, en of je fouten heb gemaakt die het leven van de Dell 9.7(0.0) kunnen verkorten.
Maar de belangrijkste taak van de handleiding is om de gebruiker bij het oplossen van problemen te helpen met Dell 9.7(0.0) . Bijna altijd, zal je daar het vinden Troubleshooting met de meest voorkomende storingen en defecten #MANUAl# samen met de instructies over hun opplosinge. Zelfs als je zelf niet kan om het probleem op te lossen, zal de instructie je de weg wijzen naar verdere andere procedure, bijv. door contact met de klantenservice of het dichtstbijzijnde servicecentrum.
